Sie sind auf Seite 1von 246

Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Full Thesis Report


Ming Norman Tsui
Lighting/Electrical Option
Advisor: Dr. Moeck
Spring, 2006

Indianapolis International Airport –


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN
Available online at:
http://www.arche.psu.edu/thesis/eportfolio/current/portfolios/mxt906/final-report.htm

1
Indianapolis International Airport
Midfield Terminal Indiana, IN

1.2 million sq.ft.


Architect Hellmuth, Obata+Kassabaum, Inc 5 stories+roof
$975 million
Architect of Record AeroDesign Group build 2005-2008
design.bid.build

high performance curtain wall envelope


composite metal panel cladding façade
steel braced columated floor frame
exposed+trangulated steel roof frame
direct digital intelligent control panel DDCP
bridge-mounted electric AC+heater units
1x central heating+central chiller plant
13,000 CFM constant volume AHU
12,500 CFM VAV AHU

structure surface mounted MH uplight


interior roof mounted MH uplight
recessed LED accent downlight emergency navigational aids power system
recessed in-grade MH uplight transient voltage surge suppression design
daylight harvesting double-ended 480/270V transformer
480/277V distribution service
2x 1500kw diesel generators

circulation civic plaza in main terminal Structural Thornton-Tomasetti Engineers


baggage screening+baggage claim+retail
94x check-in counters
MEP/FP Syska Hennessy
18x passenger screening check-points Lighting HOK Lighting Group
2x nearly identical concourses with 20 gates each CM Turner+Hunt Construction
General Contractor Smoot+Trotter Construction

Ming Norman Tsui


Lighting/Electrial
http://www.arche.psu.edu/thesis/eportfolio/current/portfolios/mxt906/
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Table of Contents
Front Cover………………………………………………………………………………….1
Thesis Abstract……………………………………………………………………………..2
Table of Content……………………………………………………………………………3
Executive Summary .................................................................................................4
Building Statistics…………………………………………………………………………..5
Background and Architecture....................................................................................8
Site...........................................................................................................................10
Introduction ..............................................................................................................11
Departure/Arrival Entry.............................................................................................13
Ticket/Check-in Hall..................................................................................................28
Civic Plaza................................................................................................................47
Passenger Concourse .............................................................................................68
Electrical Depth.........................................................................................................89
Electrical Plan………………………………………………………………………. inserted
Sustainable Design Breadth......................................................................................98
Construction Management Breadth.........................................................................103
Final Conclusions ....................................................................................................106
References ...............................................................................................................107
Acknowledgements ..................................................................................................108
Appendix A (Ballast/Lamp Schedule) …………………………………………………...109
Appendix B (Daylighting Study)……. ……………………………………………………110
Appendix C (Custom Design Detail).. ……………………………………………………115
Appendix D (Specification Sheets)…. ……………………………………………………125

3
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Executive Summary
The following report contains an in depth analysis and redesign for the lighting and electrical
systems of the new Indianapolis International Airport. LEED rating analysis and construction cost
analysis is discussed as additional design breadth work in this report. Cost analysis is performed
on the savings and cost of reduction and addtions of equipements and architectural elements.
LEED credential assessment is performed based on modifications of two exisiting space.

The lighting design depth work has concentrated on the Exterior Departure Canopy Area, Ticket
Hall, Civic Plaza and the Passenger Concourse. They will be discussed inan order that is based
on the path sequence of how a normal passenger will experience and walk through the airport.
Design criteria, design goals and concepts are discussed, followed by a series of design
sketches, schematic design illustration, photometric calculations and photorealistic renderings.
The goals set for each space will complied to each of the design criteria issued. Daylighting
studies were performed where applicable.

The electrical design depth work has focused on the all the spaces except the Exterior Departure
Canopy area. The re-layout of several 480/208V distribution and lighting panelboards will be
performed according to the lighting modification. Retrofit of equipments such as panel boards,
and step down transformers were specified per the design condition(such as the LED fixture
additions for each space). Control and circuit diagram are then presented for each space.

After light and electrical depth work are completed, a LEED certification study will cover the
feasibility of taking the expected LEED Silver Rating to a LEED Gold rating through strategic
planning of different spaces within this airport. A cost analysis is then followed to assess if the
design strategies are beneficial to the overall construction budget.

In conclusion, an overview of the entire design process is then discussed, and re-evaluated. The
depth and breadth topics shall provide a thorough understanding to all my audience,
demonstrating that my design are aesthetically and economically feasible.

4
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Building Statistics
Part I
General Building Data

Building Name: Indianapolis International Airport – New Midfield Terminal

Location & Site: 2349 Aviation Drive, Indianapolis, Indiana 46241

Building Occupants: Indianapolis Airport Authority

Function Type: Airport, Transportation Hub

Size; 1,200,000 Square Feet (1.2 Million Sq.ft)

Total Level 5 Stories + Roof

Project Team

Owner: Indianapolis Airport Authority (IAA)

Design Architect: Hellmuth, Obata + Kassabaum. Inc. (www.hok.com)

Architect of Record: AeroDesign Group (www.aerodesigngroup.com)

General Contractor: A Joint Venture of Hunt Construction & Smoot Construction LLC.
(www.huntconstructiongroup.com, www.srsmoot.com)

CM: A Joint Venture of Turner Construction & Trotter Construction


(www.turnerconstruction.com, www.trotterconstruction.com)

Structural: Thornton-Tomasetti Engineers (www.thettgroup.com )

MEP: Syska Hennessy (www.syska.com )

Fire Protection: Syska Hennessy

Lighting: Hellmuth Obata+Kassabaum, HOK Lighting Group


(http://www.hok.com/services/lighting/index.htm)

Construction Date: 2005 – 2008

Overall Project Cost: $975 millions

Delivery Method: Design-Bid-Build

5
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Architecture:

Architecture: The heart of the new terminal will be a circular space – reminiscent of
downtown’s Monument Circle – that also features two nearly identical
concourses A and B, which have 20 gates each. The central portion of
the terminal connecting both concourses will house baggage screening,
baggage claim, retail, and some 96 check-in counters and 18 passenger
screening checkpoints.

Major National Code: ASHRAE/IES 90.1- 1999 Energy Code.

Zoning: Occupies approximately 7,700 acres (about 12 square miles).

Building Envelope: The terminal design is dominated by its great, arched roof, which will
shelter the glass walls from the sun and collect the sun’s illumination
through its skylights. The arching will promote natural cooling by
harnessing the airflow over its surfaces and the roof surface will reflect
energy, limit heat gain and channel water for collection. The terminal is
has utilized a unitized glazed slope curtainwall system as the building
skin all around the every façade. For support, architectural steel truss
and steel tube framing are mainly used for the support of the covering
roof.

Part II
Building Systems

Electrical System: The airport features two emergency 1500kw diesel generators, as well
as an emergency navigational aids power system. Concourse and the
Terminal utilized transient voltage surge suppression design with double-
ended 480/270V transformer and 480/277V distribution service.

Mechanical System: The overall terminal features a Direct Digital Intelligent Control
Panel(DDCP) that are synchronized with dimming as well as other
programming of the electrical and mechanical system. The Concourses
each features 20 Bridge-mounted Electric Air Conditioning and Heating
units. A central heating and a central chiller plant is located on the
outskirt of the site. Additional Equipments includes: 13,000 CFM
constant volume Air Handing Units and 12,500 CFM VAV Air Handling
Units.

Fire Protection: Release of information is not approved due to security purposes

Transportation: Vertical and horizontal transportations are distributed throughout the two
concourse for servicing. By building the terminal in the “midfield”
between the main runways, taxiing will be cut significantly, reducing
passengers’ time spent in aircraft, as well as fuel consumption, air
pollution and noise.

6
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Structural: Some 4,815 tons of asphalt and 2,433 tons of concrete from existing
pavement has been rubbleized and reused as fill for the terminal project.
The terminal is has utilized a unitized glazed slope curtain wall system as
the building skin all around the every façade. The arching roof is
supported by an array of steel tube frames, columns, and truss with
special aluminum coating spanning every 28 feet. The perimeter of the
roof is wrapped around with insulated aluminum composite panel
systems. To top it off, a 7”insulated membrane roof covers the entire
undulated roof.

Lighting: The majority of the lighting system is rated for 277V operation. The Civic
Plaza and concourse rely extensively on skylight and daylight harvesting
throughout the day. General concourse spaces lighting utilizes
downlights with compact fluorescent lamps. Certain office space has
features linear fixtures with florescent lamps. Specialty low voltage
lighting 120/12V and incandescent lighting will be used individually within
retail spaces, conference rooms and certain cafeteria spaces for accent
purposes. Exterior/entry façade flood lighting and civic plaza accent
lighting is all 277V luminaries with metal halide lamps. In compliance to
LEED, the new terminal will release the minimum amount of light
pollution to the night sky.

Construction: The construction delivery method for this building was design-bid-build.
In 2002, the Indiana Department of Transportation (INDOT) breaks
ground on a project to relocate a portion of Interstate 70 in conjunction
with airport construction. The $187 million INDOT project includes a
dedicated I-70 interchange to serve the new airport and a new Six Points
Road at I-70 interchange. By July 2005, The Indianapolis Airport
Authority and local officials break ground on construction of the new
airport passenger terminal building. It is slated for completion by late
2008. In compliance to the new USGBC’s LEED Certification, using
regional (within a 500-mile radius) materials in the construction and local
and regional plants in the landscaping are just some of the aspects of the
project.

7
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Background, Architecture & Site

In August 2005, groundbreaking has occurred for the city of Indianapolis' $975 expansion of New
Indianapolis International Airport. Part of the scope includes a Mid-field Terminal that will connect
two nearly identical concourses.

The Indianapolis Airport Authority’s goals for the New Indianapolis Airport demanded that the air-
travel gateway for “The Crossroads of America” be modern, efficient and uniquely representative
of the history and future of Indiana.

Designed by the internationally renowned firm of Hellmuth, Obata + Kassabaum (HOK), the
terminal is meant to foster economic growth and make Indianapolis a clearly distinct travel
destination. It reflects the economic and cultural history of the Indianapolis area and symbolizes
its bright future, while applying newly advanced security considerations. The result is an uniquely
designed architectural structure that works with the wind, sun and takes advantage of natural
illumination

The HOK-designed project is slated for completion in late 2008. The new Indianapolis
International Airport building will include a new ticketing hall, central passenger security, baggage
claim area, administrative offices and as many as 40 gates that can collectively accommodate the
complete range of both narrow and wide-body aircraft.

8
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Landside development of the Midfield Terminal will provide roadway access, utilities distribution,
vehicle parking, support facilities and commercial development areas for the terminal complex.
Airside development of the Midfield Terminal will provide aircraft gates and remote parking areas,
access to the runways and aviation support facilities.

The heart of the terminal is a circular glass enclosed space – reminiscent of Indianapolis
downtown’s Monument Circle, which will serve the functions of security, retail and food service as
well as provide space for civic activities, art gallery and public events that will breathe the
character and diversity of Indianapolis and the region.

The Indianapolis Airport Authority believes that this project will provide them with a unique
opportunity to develop more environmentally friendly buildings and facilities. The terminal is set to
incorporate the latest green practices that are considered hallmarks of sustainable development.
Operational efficiencies will be gained by incorporating energy-efficient architectural designs and
energy management systems.

The terminal’s design incorporates the latest green practices that includes a great arched roof
which will shelter the glass walls from sun and collect the sun’s illumination through it’s skylights.
The arching of the roof promotes natural cooling by harnessing the air flow over its surface and
the roof surface will reflect energy, limit heat gain and channel water for collection. Additional
energy conservation will be achieved in other ways, notably by its location. By building the
terminal in the “midfield” between the main runways, taxing will be cut significantly, reducing
passengers’ time spent in aircraft, as well as fuel consumption, air pollution and noise.

9
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Site Plan
See Attached

10
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Lighting Introduction

The new Indianapolis International Airport demands a sophisticated lighting system not only will
provide a general illumination purposes, but also the aesthetical power of lighting will make or
break this beautifully designed structure. Having to take form in the shape of a bird taking flight,
this sculptural building requires a careful accent solution to highlight its smooth contour outline
without damaging the night sky condition. With more than 75% of the interior spaces having
access to daylight, views and an estimated 30 square-feet of curtain wall exposure per passenger,
daylighting plays a significant part of the lighting design depth as well.

Four spaces are chosen to be the focus of my lighting redesign study:


1. Exterior Departure/Canopy Area
2. Ticket Hall
3. Civic Plaza
4. Passenger Concourse

I have structured my study in a way that will give you the identical experience of what a
passenger will experience when they are visiting this airport. This experience is following a path
sequence in the order of how someone will walk through this space. First you will arrive at the
Departure Canopy area, which will connect you to the Ticket Hall. After checking in, you are then
entering the Civic Plaza which eventually will direct you toward one of the identical Passenger
Concourses. There at the Passenger is where you’ll leave the airport, hence the experience will
be completed.

Each space is addressed with design criteria, identified problems as well as a design solution to
resolve the problem. Lighting plans, sections, calculations, illustrations and renderings are used
to support and help explain how I am bringing my ideas to reality. Daylighting was taken into
account when necessary for individual spaces that requires particular attentions. Then, proper
equipments and fixtures are specified to demonstrate my understanding of available products that

11
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

are currently out on the market. Most fixtures I am utilizing are of the latest technology such as
LED fixtures, as a reflection, to compliment the cutting edge design of the airport. Along the
process, fixtures amount are adjusted and carefully considered according to ASHRAE 90.1’s
lighting power density guideline.

12
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Lighting Depth Study

Exterior Departure/Canopy Area

Overview

The Exterior of the Indianapolis International Airport is consisted of 2 levels of traffic circulation.
The lower level is the Arrival pick up area where the upper level is the Departure drop off area.
The Departure level features a 600 feet long glass and steel canopy that not only serves as an
architectural element for aesthetic purposes, but it also provides shading for passengers from
different weather conditions. Over the Canopy is a great arched roof with elegant contours that
cantilevers nearly 60 feet out of the Curtainwall perimeter.

A plan and section below will illustrate the size and scales of this exterior perimeter.

13
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Half of Exterior Canopy in plan view

Half of the existing lighting plan

14
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Exterior Canopy Section

Exterior Canopy Detail

15
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Design Goal

To design an visually stunning exterior space with little or no upward light pollution to the night
sky environment in order to achieve a LEED Lighting Pollution credit. Secondly, appearance of
this exterior space is very important, since it is the first view contacting point from spectator’s eye,
the lighting design must announce a civic presence and lasting impression via great lighting
solution.

Design Criteria

1. Color Appearance
• Color appearance and color contrast is very important because the lighting of
this space must be well balanced for pleasing appearance as well as visibility to
roadway drivers
2. Glare
• Direct glare must be avoided for oncoming traffic approaching from the road
access since the glare might affect the drivers’ visibility to the signage at the
departure/arrival area.
3. Light Distribution
• Light distribution on surface is important because by ensuring an evenly
distributed surface would enhance the overall appearance of the space as well
as maintaining uniform illuminance for pedestrian conveyance.
4. Light Pollution/Light Trespass
• Light pollution/trespass is important, since the departure canopy is made all out
of glass, improper uplighting would project unwanted glare to sky and possibly
affect pilot’s flight visibility. Secondly, in accordance to the LEED guideline, all
light trespass issue ought to be resolved in order to achieve the credit. Hence,
all lighting candle distribution must fall within the building property and no lights
can be spilled outward into the sky.
5. Points of interest
• Via Roof uplighting, giving the structure a monumental appearance can easily
make the architecture itself a point of interest for tourist to visit.
6. Reflected Glare
• Reflected glare ought to be avoided from the curtainwall façade and glass
canopy due to the same reason as direct glare, to maintain visual comfort and
visibility to signage at the departure/arrival area for drivers and departing
passengers.

Design Concept

To reference the airport runway’s in-grade guidance lights for air crafts’ landing or take off, I have
pursued the same kind of continuity. However, for the exterior case, in addition to the roadway
lighting (which are not included as part of my exterior study), I have specified a series of light
columns which runs along the back of the Canopy, act as a guiding features for the drivers
approaching from the highway into the airport for take off(departure) or landing(arrival). As the
great arched roof goes, more than half of the existing uplight fixtures (as of Design Development
Phase), are taken out for energy and light pollution reduction purposes. Half of the downlight
fixtures originally mounted from the Canopies are taken out as well. All perimeter semi-recessed
asymmetric uplight fixtures are taken out to prevent light spilling into the night sky. All new and

16
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

remaining fixtures are re-aimed in a way so that all of the lights will fall-off within the roof, and
thus without causing light pollution. I personally submits to Helmut Jahn’s philosophy of light,
which says, “A building is luminous, not illuminated”, is a very important statement that governs
my design. I also believe that façades need not any artificially lights blasting onto its surface to
generate illumination, in addition to all the reflected glares or light pollutions and such, it simply is
not efficient and is out of date design strategy. Hence, my approach to make this terminal
luminous, is to generate illuminations from within. Utilizing interior uplights aimed at the arched
roof structure, when viewed from far away, one will get the impression of a glowing bird taking
flight.

Schematic sketches and finalized design solution are illustrated below:

Schematic Sketch

17
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Finalized Design Concept

Material Reflectance:

Material Reflectance Table Exterior


Columns (aluminum) 55%
Curtain Wall (Glazing) 10%
Skylight (Glazing) N/A
Concrete 20%
Flooring (Marble) N/A
Ceiling (aluminum) 75%
Furniture Fabric N/A
Sandblasted Panels (Glass) N/A
Panorama Animation Screen N/A

18
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Glazing Specification

Glazing Spec
Location Curtain Wall Skylight Glazing
Brand Pilkington Solar E Visionwall 3-element Glazing System
Type Insulated Insulated
1" 1"
Total Thickness
24 mm 24 mm
Space Filler Argon-Filled
Outboard Lite 1/4" Pilkington Solar E™ Low E Coating (optional)
Inboard Lite 1/4" Pilkington Optifloat™ Low E Coating (optional)
Reflective Surface 2nd n/a
Low-E Surface 2nd n/a
Visible Light
53% 66%
Transmittance (%)
Visible Lite Exterior
10% n/a
Reflectance (%)
Visible Lite Interior Reflectance
15% n/a
(%)
Total Solar Energy
33% n/a
Transmittance (%)
Total Solar Energy Reflectance
9% n/a
(%)
U-V Transmittance (%) 31% n/a
U-Value - Summer 0.27 0.21
U-Value - Winter 0.28 0.22
Solar Heat Gain Coefficient 0.43 0.18
Shading Coefficient 0.49 0.19

19
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Luminaire Layout

20
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Lighting Fixture Schedule

Exterior
Lamp
Lamps/F Watts/L-ft or Total
Fixture # Brand Luminaire Lamp Type Wattage Quantity
ixture Watts/Fixture Watts
(watts)
Canopy Mount
Elliptipar
H01 Asymmetric Metal Halide T6 70 1 34 85 2890
Style 152
Uplight

Canopy Mount
Elliptipar
H02 Asymmetric Metal Halide T6 150 2 22 350 7700
Style 151
Downlight

Elliptipar Roof Mount Metal Halide


H03 250 1 6 292 1752
Style 152 Asymetric Uplight ED28

Lumec-
16' Tall Free
Shreder
H04 Standing Light Metal Halide T6 150 1 34 85 2890
Nemo
Pole
Series
Total Watts 12342
Total Area 20700
Overall LPD 0.60

H01 H02 H03 H04

21
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

For Ballast and Lamp Schedule, please see Appendix A.

Light Loss Factor

Exterior
Maintenance Dirt Cleaning
Fixture # Ballast Factor RSDD LLD LDD Total LLF
Category Condition Interval
H01 VI Medium 6 Months 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.35

H02 IV Medium 6 Months 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.65 0.37

H03 VI Medium 6 Months 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.35

H04 I Medium 6 Months 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.46

Lighting Power Density

Exterior
Building entrance with canopy or 3 W/sq.ft. of canopied
6900 1.53 B 10* 10.3
free standing canopy (Departure) area*
Building entrance without canopy 33 W/linear ft of door
4092 12 w/l-ft B 10* N/A
(Arrival) width*
0.25 W/sq.ft. of
Building Facades 61400 0** B 3* -
illuminated façade area*
Air/Train/Bus Baggage Area 1.03 W/sq.ft N/A N/A B 30 N/A

Corridor/Transition Area 0.46 W/sq.ft 13800 0.21 C 10 10.3


Ticket Hall

22
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Illuminance Value

Illuminance for a section of the canopied area.

23
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Rendering

Exterior Perspective

24
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Bottom View

25
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Roof uplight only (all lights falls within the roof, 0 fc at edge)

26
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Conclusion

With the careful aiming and shielding of uplight fixtures, no lights are spilled outside of the roof
area(see pseudo color rendering for distribution) and yet able to achieve a high contrast and
visually pleasing exterior. Energy saved is tremendous with the reduction of over 60% of exterior
fixtures. As a result, LEED Lighting Pollution credit is achieved (see Sustainable Design Breadth
Study). The result is exhilarating, a low slung structure hugging the ground, mimicked a giant
glowing bird with luminous interior taking off, blending the contour of the roof into the surrounding
landscape.

27
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Lighting Depth Study

Ticket Hall/Check-in Area

Overview

The Ticket Check-in Counter Hall is the first space one will encounter upon entering the airport
through four available vestibules. This great hall consists of four identical Ticket Counter modules,
each accompanied by an overhanging glass and steel canopy spreading 120 ft across each other.
There are a total of 96 check-in counters with extensive VDT displays. The ticket canopy
overhangs a VDT displays as well as a signage with luminaire integrated inside. On the underside
of the giant arched roof is filled with 50 linear stripes of skylights ranging in different lengths,
allowing plentiful of natural daylight and skylight entering the Ticket Hall. The skylights all
equipped with a retractable/operable shade that is fully closable at night to shield off interior
uplighting, prevent any light spills into the night sky environment. Despite the task lighting (linear
pendent downlight) are required to be turned on at all time, the curtainwall along the perimeter
also allows sufficient daylight entering the Ticket Hall during daytime, providing a naturally daylit
ambient and high enough light level for task work. Security areas are also located within the
Ticket Hall. However, per a non-disclosure agreement termed, I am not allowed to include that
into part of my lighting study nor can I discuss any details related to this secured area.

28
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Plans and Sections below will give you a general overview of this space:

Perspective rendering of the Ticket Hall

29
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Half of Ticket Counter Hall in Plan View

30
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Ticket Canopy Section

Design Goal

To design a visually pleasing Ticket Hall, utilizing the same theory, metaphoric approach to serve
as a continuation of the previous space. Secondly, utilizing interior uplights to illuminate the inside
roof ceiling, when light reflects off of the ceiling back down into the ticket hall, the ambient
brightens, and I intent to create a glowing appearance when viewed from outside.

Design Criteria

1. Color Appearance and Color Contrast


• Color appearance and color contrast is very important, considering that an
appropriate level of illuminance ratio should be established for the application
of task lighting.
2. Glare
• Direct glare is very important and must be avoided in order to provide
maximum end user visual comfort.
3. Uniformity of Light Distribution
• Light distribution(uniformity) on surface is very important for this space
because of the extensive task application is involved. We must avoid shadow.
4. Points of Interest
• Points of interest is quite important. Intuitively, the lighting function itself
should be able to direct passenger to this location for check-in activities.
When check-in activities are completed, the lighting should be able to direct
passengers elsewhere to where they need to be at next.
5. Reflected Glare
• Reflected glare is very important, and should avoid it from occurring on VDT
displays at check in counters as well as flight info screen areas.
6. Shadow
• Shadow issues is very important in this space since large amount of task
lighting are in place for its purposes, must avoid harsh/sharp obstructing
shadows that interferes with task visibility.
7. Source/Task/Eye geometry

31
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

• Source/task/eye geometry is important that an appropriate angular


relationship between the viewer, task(VDT displays) and the
luminaire(signage luminaire) should be established.

Daylighting Design Criteria

1. Quantity
• Provide ambient lighting of at least 30fc over the entire workplane for the
majority of the year under both clear and overcast skies.
2. Quality
• Use contrast ratios to add visual interest and to visually define the shape of
the roof
• Brighten dark areas of the ceiling to improve uniformity while maintaining
acceptable contrast ratios on the ceiling
• Create sparkle with instances of direct sunlight in selected areas on the
ticketing floor, perhaps on the rear limestone wall or floor openings
• Manage the contrast ratio created by the adjacency to Indy Place
3. Quality/Useability
• Minimize glare and discomfort from direct light through south-west glazing
4. Useability/Integration
• Minimize summertime solar heat gains / maximize wintertime solar heat
gains to the occupied zones and appropriately with mechanical systems
5. Integration
• Integrate skylights with structural system
6. Integration/Cost
• Minimize cost and complexity of the daylighting design

Design Adjustments

Based on my Schematic Design Report (Technical Assignment 3) and my initial proposal, I have
initiated a redesign of the Ticket Hall Canopy (see illustration below). The custom-designed ticket
canopy would ideally should morphed into a more organically shaped structure that has a tree-
like appearance in order to break free of right angles. Schreder fixtures were utilized explicitly in
this scenario. However, this idea has proven to be very expensive and not quite economical.

In addition to the redesign of the ticket hall canopy, I have also proposed to redesign the ticket
counters. My design has revised the material used for each of the ticket counter, changing them
from brushed aluminum to sandblasted or etched glass panels, backlit by dynamic color changing
LED fixtures. However, after adding in the in-grade LED uplight fixtures on the Ticket Hall floors, I
realized this solution is not only un-economical, on top of the costliness, it is not very sustainable.

These design idea will add an estimated one million dollar to the budget, adding more percentage
of high VOC material and lowering percentage of recycled and local material being utilized in the
construction. Last but not least, it has certain identified maintenance problems. Although this
design will add more visual and aesthetic coherence to the overall design idea, nonetheless, as a
practical and energy conscious lighting design student, I have decided to no longer pursue this
idea.

32
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Custom Designed Ticket Canopy

Ticket Canopy Support


(proposed light fixture branch) Ticket Counter Design Concept

33
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Design Concept

The existing ticket canopy overhangs a VDT displays as well as a signage with luminaire
integrated inside. This design has already greatly reduced the chance of having direct/reflected
glare cast to/from the glass canopy as well as glares that interferes the views toward the VDT
displays. Linear fluorescent luminaries are utilized to ensure soft shadowing as well as uniformity
of light distribution over the work plane. For the ceiling, utilizing asymmetric canopy mounted
uplights to illuminate the interior roof ceiling, when light reflects off of the ceiling back down into
the ticket hall, the ambient brightens, and it should create a glowing appearance when viewed
from outside. On the ground plane, as a continuation of previous space, instead of light columns,
I have taken the same kind of approach, same interpretation of my theme, following the same
streamlined contour, utilizing in-grade LED fixtures, to mimic the runway’s guidance lights. These
in-grade LED lights produce a very subtle yet pronounced effect of converging the path from a
massive open Ticket Hall, into one singular path that leads them toward the next stop – Civic
Plaza.

Please see Appendix B for Daylighting Study on the Ticket Hall

Schematic sketches and finalized design solution are illustrated below:

Schematic Sketch of the Ticket Hall in Plan View

34
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Finalized Design Concept (Full)

35
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Finalized Design Concept (Half)

36
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Material Reflectance

Material Reflectance Table Exterior Ticket Hall


Columns (aluminum) 55% 55%
Curtain Wall (Glazing) 10% 15%
Skylight (Glazing) N/A 15%
Concrete 20% N/A
Flooring (Marble) N/A 30%
Ceiling (aluminum) 75% 75%
Furniture Fabric N/A 20%
Sandblasted Panels (Glass) N/A N/A
Panorama Animation
N/A N/A
Screen

Glazing Specification
Glazing Spec
Location Curtain Wall Skylight Glazing
Brand Pilkington Solar E Visionwall 3-element Glazing System
Type Insulated Insulated
1" 1"
Total Thickness
24 mm 24 mm
Space Filler Argon-Filled
Outboard Lite 1/4" Pilkington Solar E™ Low E Coating (optional)
Inboard Lite 1/4" Pilkington Optifloat™ Low E Coating (optional)
Reflective Surface 2nd n/a
Low-E Surface 2nd n/a
Visible Light
53% 66%
Transmittance (%)
Visible Lite Exterior
10% n/a
Reflectance (%)
Visible Lite Interior Reflectance
15% n/a
(%)
Total Solar Energy
33% n/a
Transmittance (%)
Total Solar Energy Reflectance
9% n/a
(%)
U-V Transmittance (%) 31% n/a
U-Value - Summer 0.27 0.21
U-Value - Winter 0.28 0.22
Solar Heat Gain Coefficient 0.43 0.18
Shading Coefficient 0.49 0.19

37
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Luminaire Layout

38
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Lighting Fixture Schedule

Ticket Hall
Lamp
Lamps/F Watts/L-ft or Total
Fixture # Brand Luminaire Lamp Type Wattage Quantity
ixture Watts/Fixture Watts
(watts)
Canopy/Roof
Elliptipar Mount
H05 Metal Halide T6 150 2 116 350 40600
Style 152 Asymmetric
Uplight

Neoray Linear Pendant


H06 Flourescent T8 32 2 48 59 2832
6dip Direct

Signature
Selux M60
H07 Integrated Linear Flourescent T5 28 1 48 30 1440
Mod
Pendant Direct

Erco Nadir
Ingrade LED
H08 Amber, LED 2.1 1 170 4 680
Uplights
Blue, Green
Total Watts 45552
Total Area 108000
Overall LPD 0.42

H05 H06 H07 H08

For Ballast and Lamp Schedule, please see Appendix A.

39
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Light Loss Factor

Ticket Hall
Maintenance Dirt Cleaning
Fixture # Ballast Factor RSDD LLD LDD Total LLF
Category Condition Interval
H05 VI Very Clean 6 Months 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.82 0.47

H06 IV Very Clean 6 Months 0.88 0.9 0.8 0.88 0.56

H07 IV Very Clean 6 Months 0.98 0.9 0.8 0.88 0.62

H08 VI Very Clean 6 Months 1 0.9 0.8 0.82 0.59

Lighting Power Density

Area Obtained LPD Illuminance Recommended Obtained


Lighting Power Density (watts/sq.ft)
(sq.ft) (watts/sq.ft) Category Illuminance Level (fc) Illuminance (fc)
Ticket Hall
Corridor/Transition Area 0.46 W/sq.ft 108000 0.42 C 10 9.32

Airport Ticket Counter 1.8 W/sq.ft* 8064 0.53 B 50 57

40
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Illuminance Value

Illuminance for Ticket Canopy Area

41
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Overall illuminance distribution

42
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Rendering

Perspective View

43
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Side View

44
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Top View

45
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Conclusion

Most of the lighting system are preserved to the existing condition. More than half of the interior
uplight fixtures near the entrance vestibules are taken out in consideration of LEED’s Lighting
Pollution Credit (luminaires located at less than 2.5 times the mounting distance to the exterior).
The major addition are the addition of the in-grade LED luminaires. The light path results should
creates a smooth environment that gives passengers a fantasia rendezvous of the flight take off
experience. It also serves the metaphor I originally proposed, which entering the ticket hall is
entering this “glass and steel” bird, acting as the throats that channeling a wide area into a single
path, leading them toward the heart of this Bird – the Civic Plaza.

46
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Lighting Depth Study

Civic Plaza

Overview

The heart of the terminal is a circular glass enclosed space – reminiscent of Indianapolis
downtown’s Monument Circle, which will serve the functions of circulation, security, retail and
food service as well as provide space for civic activities, art gallery and public events that will
breathe the character and diversity of Indianapolis and the region. Civic Plaza being the heart of
the entire airport, it is the mid-point for getting from concourse to concourse, check in to
concourse, concourse to arrival, departure to concourse…etc. 240 feet in diameter on ground, the
Civic Plaza has featured a giant circular skylight spans a diameter of nearly 200 feet, allowing
maximum daylight penetration. Branching out from the Civic Plaza, a “Connector” space which
made up of security areas on the ground floor, and offices on the two floors above, is what
connects the two Passenger Concourses. On the North and South side of the Civic Plaza, right in
front of the office curtainwall, each side featured a giant panoramic animated screen that displays
news, videos, flight announcements, and provides signage. The screens are not included as part
of my study because it is not within my scope.

47
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Plans and Sections below will give you a general overview of this space:

Existing Floor Plan

48
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Interior Elevation of Civic Plaza

49
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Partial Enlarged Civic Plaza Section

Civic Plaza Sectional Rendering

50
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Design Goal

To design a “Civic Garden”, minimizing solar glare discomfort from the skylight above, providing
shaded thoroughfare as well as crafting out multiple arteries (heart of the flying bird) through the
use of light and landscape planning. The lighting installation shall also serve the purpose of
guidance to retain continuity from the previous spaces.

Design Criteria

1. Glare
• The existing civic plaza has an extensive daylight system that utilizes both a high
performance curtain wall as well as a skylight dome. During daytime, even under
an overcast sky, hardly any electric lighting is required. This however, will make
the space very very bright, or even causing potential glare discomfort for certain
occupants.
2. Reflected Glare
• Possible reflected glare can also occur due to the high reflectance paint of the
surround architectural/structural elements.

Daylighting Design Criteria

1. Quantity
• Provide all ambient lighting needs
• Provide a visually comfortable, glare free and uniform space for workers and
travelers
• Maintain views out for departing occupants through the glazing system to provide a
connection to the outdoors
2. Integration - Minimize unwanted summertime heat gains

Design Concept

The existing civic plaza has an extensive daylight system that utilizes both a high performance
curtain wall as well as a skylight dome. During daytime, even under an overcast sky, little or no
electric lighting is required. Therefore, minimum amount of lighting equipment is installed in the
center of the space for the purposes of night time illumination. A custom designed indirect/spot
light pole is placed in for both ambient and accent lighting, accommodating the multi-purpose
usage of the civic plaza. This 25-foot tall light pole consist of two indirect heads on top, and 3
levels of spotlights underneath, 2 spotlights on each level. This flexible setup is intended to draw
the surroundings into a point of interest by focusing spot lights into desired locations.

To counteract with the harsh direct sun light and solar head gain, I have decided to pursue a
solution via landscape architecture planning approach. When people talk about “Green Building”
design, I decide to perform the task, to literally bring “Green” into the Civic Plaza. I will do a
massive plantation within the Civic Plaza, planting up to 40 trees that will be as tall as 30 feet,
and 70+ other shrubs that will be no taller than 5 feet. A proportion study has conducted prior to
drawing this conclusion, to ensure views are not obscured and that the trees can provide proper
shading and enhanced ventilation effect. This operation will require up to 25% of existing flooring
to be taken out, replaced with locally harvested soil in order for trees to grow. Of the trees that will
be planted, all should be harvested locally from the construction site. This way, those trees that

51
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

got chopped off prior to construction will be able to recover themselves back into an indoor
environment.

In addition to the massive plantation, sitting curbs and fountains that made out of locally
harvested stones are crafted into the shapes of contours that will form the arteries for the Heart of
the Airport. These sitting cubs will subtly forming paths that will regulate passengers traffic
patterns, leading them toward either the Airside Curtainwall, or toward either one of the
Passenger Concouse. In the center, the curbs are hollowed out to allow water filling in to serve as
fountains. A sandblasted panels is situated and submerged into the water, acting as a visible
divider. LED fixtures are installed on the bottom side of the curb, lighting the floor and creating an
illuminated path at night.

Lastly, a 45 feet tall cylindrical glass sculpture is custom designed to stand in the middle of the
central fountain, back-lit with either LED or cold cathode, serving as a point of interest as well as
providing signage for directions. (This design element is optional, hence lighting fixtures needed
for this glass sculpture are not included or discussed within this report)

Please see Appendix B for Daylighting Study on the Civic Plaza

Please see Appendix C for Custom-Design details

Please see Appendix D for Glass Manufacturers Specification Sheets.

Schematic sketches and finalized design solution are illustrated below:

52
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Schematic Sketch of the Ticket Hall in Plan View

53
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Schematic Design Proposal

54
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Finalized Design Concept

55
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Material Reflectance

Material Reflectance Table Exterior Ticket Hall Civic Plaza


Columns (aluminum) 55% 55% 55%
Curtain Wall (Glazing) 10% 15% 15%
Skylight (Glazing) N/A 15% 15%
Concrete 20% N/A N/A
Flooring (Marble) N/A 30% 30%
Ceiling (aluminum) 75% 75% 75%
Furniture Fabric N/A 20% N/A
Sandblasted Panels (Glass) N/A N/A 35%
Panorama Animation Screen N/A N/A 60%

Glazing Specification

Glazing Spec
Location Curtain Wall Skylight Glazing
Brand Pilkington Solar E Visionwall 3-element Glazing System
Type Insulated Insulated
1" 1"
Total Thickness
24 mm 24 mm
Space Filler Argon-Filled
Outboard Lite 1/4" Pilkington Solar E™ Low E Coating (optional)
Inboard Lite 1/4" Pilkington Optifloat™ Low E Coating (optional)
Reflective Surface 2nd n/a
Low-E Surface 2nd n/a
Visible Light
53% 66%
Transmittance (%)
Visible Lite Exterior
10% n/a
Reflectance (%)
Visible Lite Interior Reflectance
15% n/a
(%)
Total Solar Energy
33% n/a
Transmittance (%)
Total Solar Energy Reflectance
9% n/a
(%)
U-V Transmittance (%) 31% n/a
U-Value - Summer 0.27 0.21
U-Value - Winter 0.28 0.22
Solar Heat Gain Coefficient 0.43 0.18
Shading Coefficient 0.49 0.19

56
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Luminaire Layout

57
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Lighting Fixture Schedule


Civic Plaza
Lamp
Lamps/F Watts/L-ft or Total
Fixture # Brand Luminaire Lamp Type Wattage Quantity
ixture Watts/Fixture Watts
(watts)

IO Line Surface Mounted 6'/unit Warm


H09 15 w/ft 1 1570 15 23550
20HO Asymmetric LED White LED

Lumec-
Custom 25' Tall
Shreder
H10 Free Standing Metal Halide T6 150 1 32 175 5600
Hermes
Light Poles
Series
Pole High
Martini Sax Metal Halide
H11 Mounted 150 1 32 175 5600
130 Spot Socket G12
Spotlight

Pole Low
Martini Sax Metal Halide
H12 Mounted 70 1 64 85 5440
130 Spot Socket G12
Spotlight
Total Watts 40190
Total Area 45240
Overall LPD 0.89

H09 H10 H11 H12

For Ballast and Lamp Schedule, please see Appendix A.

Light Loss Factor

Civic Plaza
Maintenance Dirt Cleaning
Fixture # Ballast Factor RSDD LLD LDD Total LLF
Category Condition Interval
H09 VI Very Clean 6 Months 1 0.9 0.8 0.82 0.59

H10 I Very Clean 6 Months 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.92 0.53

H11 IV Very Clean 6 Months 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.88 0.51

H12 IV Very Clean 6 Months 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.88 0.51

58
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Lighting Power Density

Area Obtained LPD Illuminance Recommended Obtained


Lighting Power Density (watts/sq.ft)
(sq.ft) (watts/sq.ft) Category Illuminance Level (fc) Illuminance (fc)
Civic Plaza
Lobby 1.32 W/sq.ft 45240 0.89 B 10 11.88

Tree Shading Effect

Clear Sky Cloudy Sky


Avg Max Min Avg Max Min
Equinox 8:00AM 275 932 45 107 141 31
10:00AM 901 3912 104 259 343 68
12:00PM 1570 3021 125 344 465 87
2:00PM 1385 3630 127 336 447 88
4:00PM 588 2170 99 241 320 61
Average 944 2733 100 257 343 67

Illuminance reading:

Equinox - Clear Sky – 4:00 PM

Open space: 2000 fc


Under tree shade: 150 fc +/- 20% error

Remained illuminance ratio: 150/2000 x 100 = 7.5% +/- 20% error


Shading ratio: (2000-150)/2000 fc x 100 = 92.5% +/- 20% error

Equinox – Clear Sky – 9:00 AM

Open space: 600 fc


Under tree shade: 30 fc +/- 20% error

Remained illuminance ratio: 30/600 x 100 = 5% +/- 20% error


Shading ratio: (600-30)/600 fc x 100 = 95% +/- 20% error

The above numbers are measured from an illuminance meter during a clear sky afternoon,
standing on a open concrete ground plane (in Nittany Crossing residence) as well as under a tree
that is roughly 25-ft tall. The concrete ground plane has an estimated 30% reflectance, which is
very similar to the marble floor material that is currently installed in the Civic Plaza.

The measured ratio is a very practical method of determining how much light a tree can actually
shaded off. With this errors taken into account for the ratio, we can confidently predict that by
performing massive plantation, during the brightest hour at the brightest location, we can obtain a
more comfortable environment that consist of illuminance that ranges from 30 fc to 270 fc on the

59
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

ground plane. This kind of shading can make the Civic Plaza a serene oasis under the bright hot
skylight, creating a more visually and thermally comfortable ambient.

For more daylight readings, please see Appendix B.

Illuminance Value

Civic Plaza illumination/light distribution without daylight

60
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Pseudo Color Rendering Top View

Pseudo Color Rendering Front View

61
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Rendering

Civic Plaza Rendering

62
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Civic Garden Rendering

63
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Civic Plaza + Civic Garden Rendering

64
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Custom Designed Fixture

65
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Custom Designed Light Sculpture

66
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Conclusion

By utilizing massive plantation in the Civic Plaza, we are creating an artificial nature within a
confined boundary, as I would like to call it an Urban Jungle or a Civic Garden rather than a Civic
Plaza. This area of greenery provides a breath of fresh air, lowers indoor carbon dioxides level,
provides a very organic way of shielding end-users from the harsh sunlight and glares from the
giant skylight above them. The trees can also serve as a temperature barrier, provides cooling
during summer months when direct heat gain from the skylight above and cause thermal comfort
issues. Afterall, whenever a solution is proposed, there are never only advantages, there are
potential problems and trade offs identified. Potential bug and moisture problems can occur if the
foliages are not properly maintained during humid seasons. For more details on massive
plantation and its sustainability, please see my Sustainable Design Breadth Study.
The overall lighting condition at night is satisfactory both photometrically and aesthetically, this
proven that my design concepts are a viable solution.

67
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Lighting Depth Study

Passenger Concourse (B)

Overview

The Passenger Boncourse B is one of the two identical concourse that connects to the Civic
Plaza. Each concourse features 20 gates that will allow wide-body aircraft to bus. The concourse
is almost divided evenly into 3 sections: seating/waiting area on both side (low side and high side),
and the circulation area in the middle. With virtually curtainwall in almost every visible space,
plentiful of sunlight is entering the concourse throughout the day. The concourse stretches nearly
1200 feets in length and approximately 100 feet in width, it is divided into the long side and the
short side (near Civic Plaza Connector). Thanks to the modularity of the Concourse design, it is
evenly divided into 4 modular section, therefore, all studies for this space will be focused on only
one modular section.

Plans and Sections below will give you a general overview of this space:

68
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Overall Concourse Plan

69
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Enlarged Floor Plan (Module)

70
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

71
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Partial Interior Elevation

72
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Design Goal

To design a concourse that retains the continuity from the previous spaces. A fluidic concept shall
creating visual interest in this long and repetitive space, at the same time without damaging views
of both side of the Concourse. Address and resolve major glare issues due to the openness of
this space. Appropriate actions such as installing operable blinds should be performed for such
task.

Design Criteria

1. Appearance
• Appearance of space and luminaires is important that must ensure luminaires are
properly integrated into signage and not interfere with VDT displays, as well as
keeping a pleasing, non-clustered appearance. Airport concourses is a highly
stressful space to be dwell in, whether it is resulting from traveling fatigue-ness or
flight delay frustration, it is important to create a highly comfortable and visually
pleasing or at least, interesting ambience.
2. Color Appearance
• Color appearance and color contrast is very important considering that an
appropriate level of illuminance ratio should be established for the application of
task lighting while maintaining an acceptable contrast ratio for circulation.
3. Uniform Light Distribution
• Light distribution (uniformity) on surface is very important for this space because
of the extensive task application is involved.
4. Direct Glare
• Direct glare is very important and must be avoided in order to provide maximum
end user visual comfort; curtainwall must be properly shielded from direct sun
glare.
5. Reflected Glare
• Reflected glare is very important, and should avoid it from occurring on VDT
displays at check in counters as well as flight info screen areas.
6. System Control Flexibility
• System control flexibility is highly important, due to the need to constantly adjust
the light level with the outside weather or to switch between preset appearances
of the space for passenger comfort. (not included in this study)

Daylighting Design Criteria

1. Quantity
• Minimize heat gains throughout the year.
2. Quality
• Provide ambient lighting requirements of 30 fc for the perimeter zones of the
concourses. This is a 45' deep zone on the high side of the concourses and a
25' deep zone on the low side of the concourses.
• Minimize glare and large contrast ratios throughout the year.
• Provide a uniform daylight distribution, balancing with electric lighting if
necessary to create a uniform luminous environment.
3. Cost/Integration
• Minimize cost and complexity of the daylighting design while maintaining quality.

73
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Design Concept

The existing passenger concourse has an extensive daylight system that utilizes high
performance curtain wall on both high and low side of the concourse. This curtain wall even runs
continuously throughout the long and short side of the concourse. Hence, during daytime, even
under an overcast sky, little or no electric lighting is required. However, in order to accommodate
different passenger’s need (task/rest/sleep), a flexible lighting control system is already installed,
allowing quick switching between preset scenes under different sky conditions.

Airport concourses is a highly stressful space for occupants to be dwelling in, whether it is
resulting from traveling fatigue-ness or flight delay frustration, it is important to create a highly
comfortable and visually pleasing, or at least interesting ambience in this repetitive space.
A fluidic concept that retains the continuity from the previous spaces shall creating visual interest
in this long and repetitive space, at the same time without damaging views of both side of the
Concourse. Metaphorically, the concourse is the wings of this giant bird, where it takes off.
Realistically, the wing location is matter fact, will physically take passenger off into the sky. A
wing conveys the idea of motion, dynamic and streamlined.

This brings me to my idea of installing a man-made sandblasted glass tunnel along all 4 walking
escalators. This man-made tunnel juxtapose a vertical contour into the elongated concourse, is
uplit by in-grade LED fixtures with dynamic color changing LED lamps. Color Kinetic’s iColor
Cove MX is utilized specifically for this job. This juxtaposition creates an unparallel experience of
how someone can walk through a space. The color lights symbolized dynamism and generate
visual interest out of this concourse’s monolithic appearance, no more grey aluminums columns
or silver ceilings.

Existing recessed linear fluorescent luminaries are kept in place because it achieve an indirect,
soothing ambient for the concourse waiting area. Wherever there’re task areas, linear fluorescent
pendant luminaries are utilized to ensure soft shadowing as well as uniformity of light distribution
over the task work plane. Adjustable metal halide downlights are also kept in the circulatory area
providing accent and flexibility in aiming and control.

Visual comfort also means direct/reflected glare should be avoided at all time; this means that
operable blinds will be installed, because proper shielding of the curtain wall is always the most
direct solution.

Shades Specification

• To install Motorized Multi-band shades for all the south-facing windows. The motorized
shades ought to be opaque enough to block out the harsh morning sun, reducing the
illuminance level to an acceptable and comfort level.
• To accompany the motorized shade system, the Mecho Shade’s AAC SolarTrac Window
Management Daylighting Manager System will be utilized and programmed together
along with the lighting control/dimming system.
• Mecho Shade Euroveil 6000 Series will be utilized for this particular space.
• Shade selection based on the Mecho Shade’s ShadeCloths guide on performance vs.
need.
• The new shades should not obscure views to the exterior, yet maintain as a light and airy
layer of screen that gently blocks out the sun.

74
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

• Translucency and choice of fabric is a very essential element to this addition. The
addition should not violate the architect’s original design intent of bringing the outside-in,
and submerge the inside-out.

Please see Appendix B for Daylighting Study on the Concourse

Please see Appendix C for Custom-Design details

Please see Appendix D for Curtain/Blinds Specification Sheet

Schematic sketches and finalized design solution are illustrated below:

Schematic Sketch of the Ticket Hall in Plan View

75
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Schematic Design Proposal

76
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Finalized Design Solution

77
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Material Reflectance

Material Reflectance Table Exterior Ticket Hall Civic Plaza Passenger Concourse
Columns (aluminum) 55% 55% 55% 55%
Curtain Wall (Glazing) 10% 15% 15% 15%
Skylight (Glazing) N/A 15% 15% N/A
Concrete 20% N/A N/A N/A
Flooring (Marble) N/A 30% 30% 30%
Ceiling (aluminum) 75% 75% 75% 75%
Furniture Fabric N/A 20% N/A 20%
Sandblasted Panels (Glass) N/A N/A 35% 35%
Panorama Animation Screen N/A N/A 60% N/A

Glazing Specification

Glazing Spec
Location Curtain Wall Skylight Glazing
Brand Pilkington Solar E Visionwall 3-element Glazing System
Type Insulated Insulated
1" 1"
Total Thickness
24 mm 24 mm
Space Filler Argon-Filled
Outboard Lite 1/4" Pilkington Solar E™ Low E Coating (optional)
Inboard Lite 1/4" Pilkington Optifloat™ Low E Coating (optional)
Reflective Surface 2nd n/a
Low-E Surface 2nd n/a
Visible Light
53% 66%
Transmittance (%)
Visible Lite Exterior
10% n/a
Reflectance (%)
Visible Lite Interior Reflectance
15% n/a
(%)
Total Solar Energy
33% n/a
Transmittance (%)
Total Solar Energy Reflectance
9% n/a
(%)
U-V Transmittance (%) 31% n/a
U-Value - Summer 0.27 0.21
U-Value - Winter 0.28 0.22
Solar Heat Gain Coefficient 0.43 0.18
Shading Coefficient 0.49 0.19

78
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Luminaire Layout

79
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Lighting Fixture Schedule


Concourse
Lamp
Lamps/F Watts/L-ft or Total
Fixture # Brand Luminaire Lamp Type Wattage Quantity
ixture Watts/Fixture Watts
(watts)
Prudential
Linear Recessed Flourescent
H13 Mini 24 2 X-sect 800 17 13867
Slot T5HO
Olympic

Prudential
Linear Pendant
H14 Mini Flourescent T8 32 2 X-sect 832 20 16363
Direct
Olympic

Portfolio Adjustable
H15 Metal Halide T6 70 1 924 85 78540
4950 Downlight

Color
Kinetics Ingrade LED
H16 1'/unit RGB LED 12 1 720 12 8640
iColor Cove Coves
MX
Total Watts 117409
Total Area 275300
Overall LPD 0.43

H13 H14 H15 H16

For Ballast and Lamp Schedule, please see Appendix A.

80
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Light Loss Factor

Concourse
Maintenance Dirt Cleaning
Fixture # Ballast Factor RSDD LLD LDD Total LLF
Category Condition Interval
H13 IV Very Clean 6 Months 1 0.9 0.8 0.88 0.63

H14 IV Very Clean 6 Months 0.98 0.9 0.8 0.88 0.62

H15 IV Very Clean 6 Months 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.88 0.51

H16 VI Very Clean 6 Months 1 0.9 0.8 0.82 0.59

Lighting Power Density

Area Obtained LPD Illuminance Recommended Obtained


Lighting Power Density (watts/sq.ft)
(sq.ft) (watts/sq.ft) Category Illuminance Level (fc) Illuminance (fc)
Concourse
Airport Concourse 0.62 W/sq.ft 275300 0.43 C 10 34.05

Reception/Waiting 0.54 W/sq.ft 91767 0.33 A 30 34.05

81
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Illuminance Value

Concourse Light Distribution prior to the installation of Artificial Tunnel

82
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Concourse Lighting Distribution with artificial lighting installed

83
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Rendering

AGI renderings prior to installation of Artificial Tunnel.

84
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

AGI renderings with artificial tunnel & LED uplights installed

85
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Concourse Rendering

Tunnel Perspective Rendering

86
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Concourse with Tunnel Rendering

87
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Conclusion

The in-grade LED uplights not only provides visual interest to the artificial tunnel, it also help
continues the guidance light concept from the previous spaces. The design language has been
spoken consistently throughout all the spaces and is indeed very effective. Operable blinds are
installed to ensure passenger’s comfort. Mission completed.

88
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Electrical Depth

Introduction

The electrical redesign for the Indianapolis International Airport is performed to only three of the
interior spaces. Exterior electrical study is not included in this report. While most of my spaces
are tremendously large, electrical system analysis is narrowed down to, and tightly joint with only
the redesign of its lighting system. This report is a result of changes occurred to the electrical
systems due to the modification of the existing lighting system and hence, readjustment is
needed. Since the emergency power system and the uninterruptible power system should be left
unaltered, mechanical and receptacle loads are also left unchanged to leave the overall picture
the way it was. My primary focus is on the resizing of the distribution and lighting panels based on
a primary voltage of 480/277V. Feeders will be resized and a voltage drop study will be
performed to ensure the new distribution system is a efficient addition. LED luminaires are
installed into the Passenger Concourse area, which as a result, requires a step down transformer
to accommodate its low voltage needs. A cost analysis of the additional electrical equipments is
included in my Construction Management Breadth Study.

Problem Statement

It is necessary to provide adequate power to additional lighting, following the NEC recommended
practice. After the redesign of a new panelboard layout, with spares for future expansion and
development, electrical equipments are specified according to the system demand.

Design Criteria

All electrical resizing was completed using requirements and tables from the 2002 National
Electrical Code.

Design Goals

Upon completing technical assignment 2, it was evident that there are not many options, nor is it
feasible for redesigning of the existing electrical system in this scale. Hence, I have only focused
on the lighting distribution panelboard as part of my electrical depth requirement. I will re-design
panelboard layout specifically to the addition of new lighting system, size feeders according to
load demand, perform voltage drop study, as well as specifying new required electrical equipment
such as panelboards and step down transformers. To illustrate the wiring layout, a switching and
circuiting diagram for each analyzed space will be included. The retrofitted sytem should then to
be included in the construction management breadth analysis of cost.

89
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Concourse Electrical Details

Circuit, Control and Wiring Layout

Please see attached Concourse Control Layout

Panelboard Layout

Please see attached Concourse panelboard layout

Equipment Specification:

Eaton Cutler-Hammer PRL-1a Distribution + Lighting Panel (see attached specification sheet)
Price: USD $7,280.00
Designation: HA/L

Eaton Cutler-Hammer PRL-2a Distribution + Lighting Panel (see attached specification sheet)
Price: USD $7,280.00
Designation: LA/L

Eaton 45 KVA K-factor Dry Type Transformer (see attached specification sheet)
480 - 208Y/120V
Price: USD $6,460.00
Catalog Number: H48M28F45CU

Load calculation for feeders leaving panel board HA/L:

Total Load: 179.8 KVA

Load Current: 179.8 KVA/sqrt(3)*0.48 KV*1000 = 216.3 A

Feeder Size: 1 set of (3) #300 1” copper conductor rated at 75 degree Celsius

Voltage Drop

Length: 600 feet

Power Factor: 90%

Ampere-feet = 216.3 A x 600 ft = 129780 Amp-ft = 130 x 1000 Amp-ft

Voltage Drop (line to neutral) = 130 Amp-ft x 0.055 V/Amp-ft = 7.15 V

Voltage Drop (line to line) = 7.15 x 1.73 = 12.3 V

% Voltage Drop = 12.3 V / 480V x100 = 2.5 % (within 5%)

Load calculation for feeders leaving panel board LA/L:

90
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Total Load: 33.8 KVA

Load Current: 33.8 KVA/sqrt(3)*0.208 KV*1000 = 93.8 A

Feeder Size: 1 sets of (3) #2/0 1” copper conductor rated at 75 degree Celsius

Voltage Drop

Length: 600 feet

Power Factor: 80%

Ampere-feet = 93.8 A x 600 ft = 56280 Amp-ft = 56.2 x 1000 Amp-ft

Voltage Drop (line to neutral) = 56.2 Amp-ft x 0.104 V/Amp-ft = 5.6 V

Voltage Drop (line to line) = 5.6 V x 1.73 = 9.7 V

% Voltage Drop = 9.7 V / 208 V x100 = 4.6 % (within 5%)

Civic Plaza & Ticket Hall Electrical Details


Circuit, Control and Wiring Layout

Please see attached Civic Plaza and Ticket Hall Control Layout

Panelboard Layout

Please see attached panelboard layout

Equipment Specification:

Eaton Cutler-Hammer PRL-1a Distribution + Lighting Panel (see attached specification sheet)
Price: USD $7,280.00
Designation: HB/L

Eaton Cutler-Hammer PRL-2a Distribution + Lighting Panel (see attached specification sheet)
Price: USD $7,280.00
Designation: LB/L

Eaton 45 KVA K-factor Dry Type Transformer (see attached specification sheet)
480 - 208Y/120V
Price: USD $6,460.00
Catalog Number: H48M28F45CU

Load calculation for feeders leaving panel board HB/L:

Total Load: 69.95 KVA

91
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Load Current: 69.95 KVA/sqrt(3)*0.48 KV*1000 = 84.1 A

Feeder Size: 1 sets of (3) #1 1” copper conductor rated at 75 degree Celsius

Voltage Drop

Length: 230 ft

Power Factor: 90%

Ampere-feet = 216.3 A x 230 ft = 49749 Amp-ft = 50 x 1000 Amp-ft

Voltage Drop (line to neutral) = 50 Amp-ft x .156 V/Amp-ft = 7.8 V

Voltage Drop (line to line) = 7.8 V x 1.73 = 13.5 V

% Voltage Drop = 13.5 V/ 480 V x 100 = 2.8% (within 5%)

Load calculation for feeders leaving panel board LB/L:

Total Load: 47 KVA

Load Current: 47 KVA/sqrt(3)*0.208 KV*1000 = 130.7 A

Feeder Size: 1 sets of (3) #2/0 1” copper conductor rated at 75 degree Celsius

Voltage Drop

Length: 230 feet

Power Factor: 80%

Ampere-feet = 130.7 A x 230 ft = 30061 Amp-ft = 30 x 1000 Amp-ft

Voltage Drop (line to neutral) = 30 Amp-ft x 0.104 V/Amp-ft = 3.12 V

Voltage Drop (line to line) = 3.12 V x 1.73 = 5.4 V

% Voltage Drop = 5.4 V / 208 V x100 = 26 % (within 5%)

92
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Conclusion

The redesign of the electrical distribution system has presented potential problems such the
length of the concourse can cause a very high value of voltage drop. However, this problem can
be easily overcome with sizing a larger wire size to achieve a reasonable voltage drop value
(within 5%). All panel boards, feeders, breakers, and transformers were resized based on this
new system. The main adjustment of this system is the addition of several step down
transformers to low voltage panels for LED lighting loads. Additional Lighting system resulted
from the redesign had very little impact on the distribution system. Changes were made
accordingly for the new lighting loads.

The redesign of my Civic Plaza lighting system has been effective. It yields a significantly lower
lighting load which allows the consolidation of distribution panels with the Ticket Hall panelboard.
A dedicated circuit is connected to each level of spotlights for flexible controls, accommodating
the Civic Plaza’s the multiple-purpose usage. For cost analysis, please refer to Construction
Management Breadth Study.

93
Concourse Lighting Panelboard

Panel HA / L Voltage 480/277V 3P, 4W Eaton Culter-Hammer PRL-2a


Indianapolis, IN
Ming Norman Tsui

Breaker 250
Midfield Terminal

Location Concourse Bus 400


A B C
Ckt Equipment Demand kVA Amp Bkr Pole Pole Bkr Amp kVA Demand Equipment Ckt
1 MH Lighting Zone 1-1 1.25 4.25 15.34 20 1 8.5 1 20 15.34 4.25 1.25 Fluor. Lighting Zone 1-1 2
3 Fluor. Lighting Zone 2-1 1.25 4.25 15.34 20 1 8.5 1 20 15.34 4.25 1.25 Fluor. Lighting Zone 2-1 4
5 Fluor. Lighting Zone 2-1 1.25 4.25 15.34 20 1 8.5 1 20 15.34 4.25 1.25 Fluor. Lighting Zone 2-1 6
7 MH Lighting Zone 3-1 1.25 3.75 13.53 20 1 7.5 1 20 13.53 3.75 1.25 MH Lighting Zone 3-1 8
9 Fluor. Lighting Zone 1-2 1.25 3.75 13.53 20 1 7.5 1 20 13.53 3.75 1.25 MH Lighting Zone 3-1 10
11 Fluor. Lighting Zone 2-2 1.25 4.25 15.34 20 1 8.5 1 20 15.34 4.25 1.25 Fluor. Lighting Zone 1-2 12
Lighting/Electrical Option

13 Fluor. Lighting Zone 2-2 1.25 4.25 15.34 20 1 8.5 1 20 15.34 4.25 1.25 Fluor. Lighting Zone 2-2 14
Indianapolis International Airport —

15 MH Lighting Zone 3-2 1.25 4.25 15.34 20 1 8.5 1 20 15.34 4.25 1.25 Fluor. Lighting Zone 2-2 16
17 Fluor. Lighting Zone 1-3 1.25 3.75 13.53 20 1 7.5 1 20 13.53 3.75 1.25 MH Lighting Zone 3-2 18
19 Fluor. Lighting Zone 2-3 1.25 3.75 13.53 20 1 7.5 1 20 13.53 3.75 1.25 MH Lighting Zone 3-2 20
21 Fluor. Lighting Zone 2-3 1.25 4.25 15.34 20 1 8.5 1 20 15.34 4.25 1.25 Fluor. Lighting Zone 1-3 22
23 MH Lighting Zone 3-3 1.25 4.25 15.34 20 1 8.5 1 20 15.34 4.25 1.25 Fluor. Lighting Zone 2-3 24
25 Fluor. Lighting Zone 1-4 1.25 4.25 15.34 20 1 8.5 1 20 15.34 4.25 1.25 Fluor. Lighting Zone 2-3 26
27 Fluor. Lighting Zone 2-4 1.25 3.75 13.53 20 1 7.5 1 20 13.53 3.75 1.25 MH Lighting Zone 3-3 28
29 Fluor. Lighting Zone 2-4 1.25 3.75 13.53 20 1 7.5 1 20 13.53 3.75 1.25 MH Lighting Zone 3-3 30
31 MH Lighting Zone 3-4 1.25 4.25 15.34 20 1 8.5 1 20 15.34 4.25 1.25 Fluor. Lighting Zone 1-4 32
33 SPARE 1 0 0 - - 4.25 1 20 15.34 4.25 1.25 Fluor. Lighting Zone 2-4 34
35 SPARE 1 0 0 - - 4.25 1 20 15.34 4.25 1.25 Fluor. Lighting Zone 2-4 36
37 LA / L 1 33.8 40.66 50 3 37.55 1 20 13.53 3.75 1.25 MH Lighting Zone 3-4 38
39 LA / L 1 3.75 1 20 13.53 3.75 1.25 MH Lighting Zone 3-4 40
41 LA / L 1 0 - - 0 1 SPARE 42

Total Load per phase 86.55 48.5 44.75

Total Load 179.8 KVA


Total Amps 216.3 A

94
Concourse Lighting Panelboard

Panel LA / L Voltage 208/120V 3P, 4W Eaton Cutler-Hammer PRL-1a


Indianapolis, IN
Ming Norman Tsui

Breaker 40
Midfield Terminal

Location Concourse Bus 100


A B C
Ckt Equipment Demand kVA Amp Bkr Pole Pole Bkr Amp kVA Demand Equipment Ckt
1 LED 1-1 1.25 2.113 17.59 20 1 4.225 1 20 17.59 2.11 1.25 LED 2-1 2
3 LED 3-1 1.25 2.113 17.59 20 1 4.225 1 20 17.59 2.11 1.25 LED 4-1 4
5 LED 1-2 1.25 2.113 17.59 20 1 4.225 1 20 17.59 2.11 1.25 LED 2-2 6
7 LED 3-2 1.25 2.113 17.59 20 1 4.225 1 20 17.59 2.11 1.25 LED 4-2 8
9 LED 1-3 1.25 2.113 17.59 20 1 4.225 1 20 17.59 2.11 1.25 LED 2-3 10
11 LED 3-3 1.25 2.113 17.59 20 1 4.225 1 20 17.59 2.11 1.25 LED 4-3 12
Lighting/Electrical Option

13 LED 1-4 1.25 2.113 17.59 20 1 4.225 1 20 17.59 2.11 1.25 LED 2-4 14
Indianapolis International Airport —

15 LED 3-4 1.25 2.113 17.59 20 1 4.225 1 20 17.59 2.11 1.25 LED 4-4 16
17 SPARE 1 0 0 20 1 0 1 20 0 0 1 SPARE 18
19 SPARE 1 0 0 20 1 0 1 20 0 0 1 SPARE 20
21 SPACE 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 - 0 0 1 SPACE 22
23 SPACE 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 - 0 0 1 SPACE 24
25 SPACE 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 - 0 0 1 SPACE 26
27 SPACE 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 - 0 0 1 SPACE 28
29 SPACE 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 - 0 0 1 SPACE 30
31 SPACE 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 - 0 0 1 SPACE 32
33 SPACE 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 - 0 0 1 SPACE 34
35 SPACE 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 - 0 0 1 SPACE 36
37 SPACE 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 - 0 0 1 SPACE 38
39 SPACE 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 - 0 0 1 SPACE 40
41 SPACE 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 - 0 0 1 SPACE 42

Total Load per phase 12.68 12.68 8.45

Total Load 33.8 KVA


Total Amps 93.8 A

95
Civic Plaza & Ticket Hall Lighting Panelboard

Panel HB / L Voltage 480/277V 3P, 4W Eaton Culter-Hammer PRL-2a


Indianapolis, IN
Ming Norman Tsui

Breaker 250
Midfield Terminal

Location Civic Plaza + Ticket Hall Bus 400


A B C
Ckt Equipment Demand kVA Amp Bkr Pole Pole Bkr Amp kVA Demand Equipment Ckt
1 MH Lighting Zone 1-1 1.25 3 10.83 20 1 4.5 1 20 5.413 1.5 1.25 MH Lighting Zone 1-1 2
3 MH Lighting Zone 2-1 1.25 3 10.83 20 1 6 1 20 10.83 3 1.25 MH Lighting Zone 2-1 4
5 MH Lighting Zone 3-1 1.25 3 10.83 20 1 6 1 20 10.83 3 1.25 MH Lighting Zone 3-1 6
7 Fluor. Lighting Zone 1-1,2 1.25 1.75 6.315 20 1 3.5 1 20 6.315 1.75 1.25 Fluor. Lighting Zone 1-2,4 8
9 Fluor. Lighting Zone 2-1,2 1.25 1.75 6.315 20 1 3.5 1 20 6.315 1.75 1.25 Fluor. Lighting Zone 2-3,4 10
11 MH Lighting Zone 3-1 1.25 5.25 18.94 20 1 10.5 1 20 18.94 5.25 1.25 MH Lighting Zone 3-3 12
Lighting/Electrical Option

13 MH Lighting Zone 3-1 1.25 5.25 18.94 20 1 10.5 1 20 18.94 5.25 1.25 MH Lighting Zone 3-3 14
Indianapolis International Airport —

15 MH Lighting Zone 3-2 1.25 5.25 18.94 20 1 10.5 1 20 18.94 5.25 1.25 MH Lighting Zone 3-4 16
17 MH Lighting Zone 3-2 1.25 5.25 18.94 20 1 10.5 1 20 18.94 5.25 1.25 MH Lighting Zone 3-4 18
19 SPARE 1 0 0 - - 4.375 1 20 15.79 4.38 1.25 MH Lighting Zone 4-1 20
21 SPARE 1 0 0 - - 4.375 1 20 15.79 4.38 1.25 MH Lighting Zone 4-2 22
23 SPARE 1 0 0 - - 0 - - 0 0 1 SPARE 24
25 SPARE 1 0 0 - - 0 - - 0 0 1 SPARE 26
27 SPARE 1 0 0 - - 0 - - 0 0 1 SPARE 28
29 SPARE 1 0 0 - - 0 - - 0 0 1 SPARE 30
31 SPARE 1 0 0 - - 0 - - 0 0 1 SPARE 32
33 SPARE 1 0 0 - - 0 - - 0 0 1 SPARE 34
35 SPARE 1 0 0 - - 0 - - 0 0 1 SPARE 36
37 LB / L 1 47.08 56.62 50 3 47.075 - - 0 0 1 SPARE 38
39 LB / L 1 0 - - 0 0 1 SPARE 40
41 LB / L 1 0 - - 0 0 1 SPARE 42

Total Load per phase 69.95 24.375 27

Total Load 69.95 KVA


Total Amps 84.1 A

Civic Plaza

96
Civic Plaza & Ticket Hall Lighting Panelboard

Panel LB / L Voltage 208/120V 3P, 4W Eaton Cutler-Hammer PRL-1a


Indianapolis, IN
Ming Norman Tsui

Breaker 40
Midfield Terminal

Location Civic Plaza + Ticket Hall Bus 100


A B C
Ckt Equipment Demand kVA Amp Bkr Pole Pole Bkr Amp kVA Demand Equipment Ckt
1 LED Zone 4 (78ft) 1.25 2.288 19.05 20 1 4.575 1 20 19.05 2.29 1.25 LED Zone 4 (78ft) 2
3 LED Zone 4 (78ft) 1.25 2.288 19.05 20 1 4.575 1 20 19.05 2.29 1.25 LED Zone 4 (78ft) 4
5 LED Zone 4 (78ft) 1.25 2.288 19.05 20 1 4.575 1 20 19.05 2.29 1.25 LED Zone 4 (78ft) 6
7 LED Zone 4 (78ft) 1.25 2.288 19.05 20 1 4.575 1 20 19.05 2.29 1.25 LED Zone 4 (78ft) 8
9 LED Zone 4 (78ft) 1.25 2.288 19.05 20 1 4.575 1 20 19.05 2.29 1.25 LED Zone 4 (78ft) 10
11 LED Zone 4 (78ft) 1.25 2.288 19.05 20 1 4.575 1 20 19.05 2.29 1.25 LED Zone 4 (78ft) 12
Lighting/Electrical Option

13 LED Zone 4 (78ft) 1.25 2.288 19.05 20 1 4.575 1 20 19.05 2.29 1.25 LED Zone 4 (78ft) 14
Indianapolis International Airport —

15 LED Zone 4 (78ft) 1.25 2.288 19.05 20 1 4.575 1 20 19.05 2.29 1.25 LED Zone 4 (78ft) 16
17 LED Zone 4 (78ft) 1.25 2.288 19.05 20 1 4.575 1 20 19.05 2.29 1.25 LED Zone 4 (78ft) 18
19 LED Zone 4 (78ft) 1.25 2.288 19.05 20 1 4.575 1 20 19.05 2.29 1.25 LED Zone 4 (78ft) 20
21 SPARE 1 0 0 - 1 1.325 1 20 4.781 1.33 1.25 LED Zone 5 (Ticket Hall) 22
23 SPARE 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 - 0 0 1 SPARE 24
25 SPACE 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 - 0 0 1 SPACE 26
27 SPACE 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 - 0 0 1 SPACE 28
29 SPACE 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 - 0 0 1 SPACE 30
31 SPACE 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 - 0 0 1 SPACE 32
33 SPACE 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 - 0 0 1 SPACE 34
35 SPACE 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 - 0 0 1 SPACE 36
37 SPACE 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 - 0 0 1 SPACE 38
39 SPACE 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 - 0 0 1 SPACE 40
41 SPACE 1 0 0 - 1 0 1 - 0 0 1 SPACE 42

Total Load per phase 18.3 15.05 13.725

Total Load 47.075 KVA


Total Amps 130.7 A

Civic Plaza

97
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Sustainable Design Breadth


Introduction

The Indianapolis International Airport has just begun its construction 8 months ago in August
2005. Although the design is finalized by the design architects, however, I do propose here that
several adjustment made in my schematic lighting design and architectural integration can
potentially help yielding more points in LEED (Leadership in Energy & Environmental Design)
certification issued by USGBC(United States Green Building Councils). The original design intent
of this airport is to become the first high-tech and sustainably built airport since the Post-911
terrorist attack period. A thorough research and analysis has been performed on the existing
condition in addition to my proposed Sustainable Design Study, in order to improve the building’s
sustainability features and achieving a higher LEED-NC(New Construction & Major Renovation)
rating.

LEED Certification Levels:

Certified 26 to 32
Silver 33 to 38
Gold 39 to 51
Platinum 52 or more

Existing Sustainable Design Features

Sustainable Sites Category:

Credits Earned:

1. Site Selection (1)


2. Development Density (1)
3. Brownfield Redevelopment (1)
4. Reduced Site Disturbance (1)
5. Stormwater Management (1)
6. Heat Island Effect (1)

Water Efficiency Category:

Credits Earned:

7. Water Use Reduction (1)


8. Water Efficient Landscaping (1)

Energy & Atmosphere Category:

Credits Earned:

9. Optimize Energy Performance(6)

98
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

10. Additional Commissioning (1)

Materials & Resources Category:

Credits Earned:

11. Construction Waste Management (1)


12. Resource Reuse (2)
13. Recycled Content (2)
14. Local/Regional Materials (2)
15. Certified Wood (1)

Indoor Environment Category:

Credits Earned:

16. Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Monitoring (1)


17. Construction IAQ Managemetn Plan (2)
18. Low Emitting Materials (4)
19. Indoor Chemical & Pollutant Source Control (1)
20. Thermal Comfort (2)
21. Daylight & Views (1)

Innovation & Design Process Category:

Credits Earned:

22. LEED Accredited Professional (1)

Total Credits Earned: 34 Credits (Silver Certification Standing)

Brief Narrative

• The airport currently is not using all the available land at the site, and is a highly
compressed development to minimize building footprint and land usage. (2,4)
• The building itself is a structural steel frame set on all local concrete with a high-
performance glass envelope. Some 4,815 tons of asphalt and 2,433 tons of concrete
from existing pavement has been rubbleized and reused as infill for the terminal project.
(11,12,13,14)
• Using regional (within a 500-mile radius) materials in the construction and local and
regional plants in the landscaping. (14)
• Materials such as adhesives, sealants, glues, concrete curing compounds, and solvents
are also closely monitored to ensure they are low-emitting VOCs (Volatile Organic
Compounds). (16,17,18)
• The project team has been proactive in certification of what wood is used on the project,
making a concerted effort to ensure that wood is taken from Forest Stewardship Council
control-managed forests. They are also working with construction managers on the
project to enforce construction waste management. (11,15)

99
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

• Inside the new terminal, recycling stations are included in the design, with one major one
in the main terminal and a smaller station in each of the two concourses. (Materials &
Resources Prequisit)
• The Mid-field Terminal will combine natural daylighting and high-efficiency systems to
significantly reduce its energy consumption. The terminal's roof, for example, has been
designed to manage storm water, to lower the amount of heat on the building and to
allow as much daylight as possible into the building. Meanwhile, designers(including
myself) are working carefully to ensure the new terminal does not release unnecessary
light pollution to the night sky. (9)
• A new two-tiered glycol recovery system will be installed beneath the ramp(arrival), which
will allow for separate collection of high- and low-concentrated stormwater runoff. The
high-concentrate runoff could be collected for recycling, while the low-concentrate would
be collected for treatment. (5)
• The savings in jet fuel for the carriers and preconditioned air at the gates will result in less
pollution. Additionally, the use of rechargeable electric tugs and other alternative fuels in
airport vehicles will provide cleaner burning fuel options. (9)

(Qualified for earned credit from categories above)

Design Criteria

To follow and meet with all the guidelines established by the United States Green Building
Council (USGBC) in order to achieve more credits for LEED certification.

Design Goals

The building currently holds an expected LEED silver rating. With the modification I put
forth, the airport will gain from the following LEED credits; hopefully I will be able to
elevate it through design excellence to a LEED Gold rating status:

1. Lighting Pollution Reduction (Sustainable Site)


2. Rapidly Renewable Materials (Materials & Resources)
3. Innovation in Design (Innovation & Design Process)

Construction Management Outlook

Building an airport that is environmentally friendly and sustainable does not have
to mean additional cost. In some instances, the upfront cost was lower than
traditional materials or practices, and the long-term energy savings and
sustainability of the structure will benefit the airport

100
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Lighting Pollution
Intent: Eliminate light trespass from the building and site, improve night sky access and reduce
development impact on nocturnal environments.1

Requirements: Meet or provide lower light levels and uniformity ratios than those recommended
by the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA) Recommended Practice
Manual: Lighting for Exterior Environments (RP-33-99). Design exterior lighting such that all
exterior luminaires with more than1000 initial lamp lumens are shielded and all luminaires with
more than 3500 initial lamp lumens meet the Full Cutoff IESNA Classification. The maximum
candela value of all interior lighting shall fall within the building (not out through windows) and the
maximum candela value of all exterior lighting shall fall within property. Any luminaire within a
distance of 2.5 times its mounting height from the property boundary shall have shielding such
that no light from that luminaire crosses the property boundary.2

Solution: For exterior, by reducing the lighting fixtures to half of its original amount as of Design
Development phase, with a new set of fully shielded fixtures, new aiming angles and distribution
configurations (see Exterior Lighting Depth) that will allow all the light to fall within the property
(roof overhang), and prevent any lights shooting directly into the night sky. The perimeter
luminaires that are currently utilized to uplit the North and South façades are all taken out in order
to maintain a light-pollution-free outdoor environment. Secondly, for the curtain wall over at
landside along the Ticket Hall, interior fixtures are also specified to include a full cut off shielding,
re-aimed toward the inside roof of the Ticket Hall. Meanwhile, the operable roof blind for the
skylight will shield off any lights traveling upward into the sky, making the roof a completely night-
sky friendly enclosure.

Synergy & Tradeoffs: With the reduction of lighting fixtures outside, lower light levels cannot
achieve the same contrast level as well as the kind of accent effect that higher light levels can
produce.

Rapidly Renewable Materials & Innovation in Design


Intent: To provide design teams and projects the opportunity to be awarded points for
exceptional performance above the requirements set by the LEED Green Buildings Rating
System and/or innovative performance in Green Building categories not specically addressed by
the LEED Green Building Rating System.3

Requirement: Identify the intent of the proposed innovation credit, the proposed requirements for
compliance, the proposed submittals to demonstrate compliance, and the design approach
(strategies) that might be used to meet the requirements.45

1
Inserted from the USGBC LEED Reference Guide, for New Construction & Major Renovations (LEED-
NC) Version 2.1. Second Edition, May 2003.
2
Inserted from the USGBC LEED Reference Guide, for New Construction & Major Renovations (LEED-
NC) Version 2.1. Second Edition, May 2003.
3
Inserted from the USGBC LEED Reference Guide, for New Construction & Major Renovations (LEED-
NC) Version 2.1. Second Edition, May 2003.
4
Inserted from the USGBC LEED Reference Guide, for New Construction & Major Renovations (LEED-
NC) Version 2.1. Second Edition, May 2003.

101
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Solution: By utilizing massive plantation in the Civic Plaza, we are creating an artificial nature
within a confined boundary, as I would like to call it an Urban Jungle or a Civic Garden rather than
a Civic Plaza. This area of greenery provides a breath of fresh air, lowers indoor carbon dioxides
level, provides a very organic way of shielding end-users from the harsh sunlight and glares from
the giant skylight above them. The trees can also serve as a temperature barrier, provides
cooling during summer months when direct heat gain from the skylight above and cause thermal
comfort issues. In terms of the construction and material aspect of the massive plantation, this
action can harvest at least 10% of the trees that were chopped off prior to the construction. While
planting trees requires earth/soil to be its base, we can scrap off up to 50% of existing flooring,
replacing them with locally harvest soil can count as dematerialization, resulting in a lower cost in
construction simply because less is used. Replanting Trees can easily be qualified and yield as
an extra credit for the Construction Waste Management, Resource Reuse(1), Regional
Materials(1), Rapidly Renewable Materials(1) Category.

Synergy & Tradeoffs: Potential bug and moisture problems can occur if the foliages are not
properly maintained during humid seasons.

Conclusion

For both the Lighting Pollution solution, these particular adjustments will meet and exceed with
the LEED exterior and interior lighting pollution requirement, earning an extra credit in the
Sustainable Site Category. As far as the massive plantation scheme goes, Rapidly Renewable
Materials is the one credit can be confidently secured. With careful documentation and
negotiation during the submittal, we can conservatively estimate that: two to four additional LEED
credits can potentially be acquired through my design solutions.
However, in conclusion, they are not sufficient to meet the minimum 39 credits that a LEED Gold
Certification requires, it still serves the environment right, and we as the occupants of this planets
will reap from this benefits ultimately.

5
Since it is for thesis design purposes, I will ignore the submittal requirement of this study.

102
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Construction Management Breadth


Introduction

After a series of redesigning exercise, the Indianapolis International airport has essentially
become a striped down version of itself relative to the Design Development stage. In compliance
to the LEED lighting pollution criteria, a significant amount of outdoor lighting fixtures has been
taken away. Meanwhile, additional lighting fixtures has been added to the Ticket Hall and
Passenger Concourse, significant modification to the Civic Plaza has also taken place. In addition
the all the modification of lighting fixtures the Civic Plaza is undergoing, a massive plantation
scheme is carried out by my design alteration which suggest the replacement of ventilated tiles
with natural soil, in order to provide “Green” or sustainable environment in the space. All this
addition and subtraction yields savings at the same time can produce additional cost to the
construction budget. In the following report, I will analyze the addition cost/saving associated with
all the changes done to the existing system and design.

Design Goals

The goal of this cost analysis was to analyze if the retrofitted electrical system can be paid off by
the reduction of luminaires throughout this thesis exercise. Second goal of this cost analysis was
to analyze if massive plantation(foliage cost) in the Civic Plaza can be paid off by replacing
ventilated floor tiles with soil.

Cost Analysis

A summary of the cost analysis performed is summarized in the table below.

Electrical Equipment Cost

Equipment Manufacturers
Equipment Type Location Quantity Total Cost
cost Retrofit cost
Distribution Panel Civic Plaza 1 $7,280 -$4,040 $3,240
Distribution Panel Concouse 1 $7,280 -$4,040 $3,240
Lighting Panel Civic Plaza 1 $7,280 -$4,040 $3,240
Lighting Panel Concouse 1 $7,280 -$4,040 $3,240
Step-down
Civic Plaza 1 $6,480 $0 $6,480
Transformer
Step-down
Concouse 1 $6,480 $0 $6,480
Transformer
#300 Wire Concourse 1200 $57 $0 $68,400
Civic
#2/0 Wire 1520 $35 $0 $53,200
Plaza/Concourse
#1 Wire Civic Plaza 320 $27 $0 $8,640
Total Cost $156,160

103
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Luminaire Fixtures Cost/Saving Comparison

Cost per Reduction Additional


Fixture Type Location Quantity
Fixture Saving Cost

Asymmetric Uplight Outdoor 104 $1,200 $124,800 ----

Asymmetric Downlight Outdoor 22 $830 $18,260 ----

Semi-Recessed Uplight Outdoor 78 $800 $62,400 ----

Asymmetric Uplight Indoor 20 $1,200 $24,000 ----

Compact Florescent
Decorative Glowing Civic Plaza 16 $650 $10,400 ----
Fixture
20' Proposed Custom
Civic Plaza 32 $7,200 230400 ----
Light Pole
26' Existing Custom
Civic Plaza 16 $10,000 ---- $160,000
Light Pole

LED Fixtures Civic Plaza 1570 $118 ---- $185,260

LED Fixtures Concouse 720 $132 ---- $95,040

LED Fixtures Ticket Hall 170 $162 ---- $27,540

Total Reduction Savings $470,260


Total Additional Cost $467,840
Total Difference $2,420

104
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Foliage Price List

Cost Per Tree (Harvest +


Tree Type Location Quantity Total Cost
Labor Installation)
Oak Civic Plaza 18 $275 $4,950
Red Oak Civic Plaza 9 $175 $1,575
Honey Locust Civic Plaza 9 $175 $1,575
Juniper Civic Plaza 1 $190 $190
Barberry Civic Plaza 18 $80 $1,440
Pearl Bush Civic Plaza 18 $45 $810
Forsythia Civic Plaza 18 $64 $1,152
Boxwood Civic Plaza 18 $46 $828
Total Cost $12,520

Flooring Removal Saving

Flooring Ventilated Floor Tile

Total Area 45240 sq-ft

Area Removed 11310 sq-ft

Area Removed % 25%

Cost per Sq-ft (+ labor


$155/sq-ft
& installation

Total Saving $1,753,050

Conclusion

Based on the cost analysis from above, the money I saved from luminaire reduction is only
sufficient for the purchase of the LED fixtures for my new lighting systems installed in the Ticket
Hall, Civic Plaza as well as the Passenger Concourse. When we taken the electrical system into
account, even with the manufacturers’ retrofit discount, the modified electrical system will cost an
additional of:

Electrical System Cost ($156,150) – Fixture Reduction Saving ($2,420) = $153,740.

However, with the removal of a significant amount of the ventilated floor tiles, we have just given
ourselves a large sum of surplus that will cover the electrical system as well as the massive
plantation cost.

Flooring Removal Saving = $1,753,050 - $12,520 - $153,740 = $1,586,790

105
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Final Conclusion

The Exterior Departure Canopy area lighting redesign can potentially and is, very likely to acquire
the LEED’s Lighting Pollution credit. It also resulted in a huge energy saving as well as budget
savings.

Most of the lighting system in Ticket Hall are preserved to the existing condition. More than half of
the interior uplight fixtures near the entrance vestibules are taken out in consideration of LEED’s
Lighting Pollution Credit (luminaires located at less than 2.5 times the mounting distance to the
exterior). The addition of in-grade LED luminaires has a result that turned out the way I wanted
which is satifying.

Massive Plantation in the Civic Plaza has very effectively created an Civic Garden. On top of all
the benefits the act has caused, this rather forward-thinking concept can potentially earn the
airport another 2 to 4 extra LEED credits in the Innovation in Design category.

The Concourse’s artificial tunnel utilizing in-grade LED uplights has provided the much needed
visual interest to the space without exceeding ASHRAE’s lighting power densities requirement.

After numerous testing, trials and error study, the redesign of the Indianapolis International Airport
is a relatively successful experience. Due to the tremendously large scale my space has, only
600000 sq-ft our of the total 1.3 million sq-ft of the spaces are covered within my study. Despite
the daunting size and amount of information I was presented, I have found myself successfully
designed down the details of each space. Every space has met with IESNA’s illuminance level
requirement, certain cases, met and exceeded the requirement of ASHRAE’s lighting power
density standard by over 40%.

106
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

References

Lighting:

Rea, Mark F, ed. The IESNA Lighting Handbook: Reference and Application.
New York: Iluminating Engineering Soceity of North America, 2000.
IES Lighting and the Visual Environment for Senior Living

Electrical:

Hughes, David S. Electrical Systems in Buildings. New York: Delmar Publishing,


1988.

Sustainable Design

United States Green Building Council. LEED 2.1 NC Reference Guide. Second Edition, 2003

The HOK Guidebook to Sustainable Design, Sandra F. Medler, Bill Odell. Wiley Publishing. First
edition 2000

Construction Management:

RS Means Electrical Cost Data 2006. Kingston: RS Means, 2006.

HOK Schematic Design Report. Jeff Ryan, Ben Fehrmann. 2005

107
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Acknowledgements
I would like to express my sincere appreciation to all the people along the way that has helped
me or involved in this entire AE senior thesis process.

The designers from HOK, engineers from Syska Hennesy, and faculties at the Architectural
Engineering Department have given me tremendous support and guidance to complete my thesis.

A special thank you goes to:

David Ziolkowski (Project Designer) for all your patience and always being there to help. Thank
you for all the available INDY airport information packages, consultation and advices. Without
David, I could not have completed this thesis.

Tom Kazckowski (Director of Lighting) for all the support HOK Lighting Group has provided me
with.

Don Ferderko (Senior Designer) for being one of the greatest mentor. Thank you for making such
a sincere effort in obtaining me the drawings as well as arranging the non-disclosure agreement
with HOK, IAA and Syska Hennessy. Without Don, I could not have even started this thesis.

Ripley Rasmus (Director of Design) for allowing me the permission to use this project as my
senior thesis.

Jeff Ryan and Ben Fehrmann (Senior Designers) for all the Schematic Design Report information.

Raissa Denenberg (Senior Associate) from Syska Hennessy for all the electrical drawings.

Dr.Moeck, Dr. Mistrick, and Ted Dannerth(Principal) from Tower Engineering for their helpful
advice on all the lighting/electrical assignments.

Benjamin Noggle, David Maino and Steve Puchek, Youn-Ju Yoon for all their effort in taking their
time out, to help me resolve my lighting or electrical obstacles.

Last but not least, I want to express my deepest appreciation to my family for making this
education possible for me.

Thank you all!!

108
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Appendix A

Ballast Schedule
Lamp Lamp Ballast Power Ballast
Lamp Type Ballast Catalog Ballast Type
Watts # Watts Factor Factor
Electronic
F28T5 VCN-132-MC 28 1 30 0.99 0.98
Instant Start
Electronic
F24T5HO ICN-2S24 24 2 52 0.98 1
Instant Start
Electronic
F32 T8 VCN-2M32-MC 32 2 59 0.99 0.88
Instant Start
Electronic
F32 T8 VCN-132-MC 32 1 30 0.98 0.98
Instant Start
MH70 T6 71A5237J M98/M143 70 1 85 0.9 0.8

MH150 T6 71A5437J M102 150 1 173 0.9 0.8


MH250
71A5730 M58 250 1 291 0.9 0.8
ED28

Lamp Schedule
Lamp CCT
Lamp Label Brand Catalog # Lamp Type
Watts (x100k)
28W/835 Min Bipin T5 Linear Flourescent
F28T5 Philips 28 35
UNP T5 High Output
24W/835 WH Min Bipin Linear Flourescent
F24T5HO Philips 24 35
HO UNP T5 High Output
F32T8 ADV830 48 ALTO Linear Flourescent
F32 T8 Philips 32 35
1LP T8
MasterColor CDM-T
MH70 T6 Philips Metal Halide T6 70 30
70W/830 G12 T6 1CT
MasterColor CDM-T
MH150 T6 Philips Metal Halide T6 150 30
150W/830 G12 T6 1CT
MH250
GE MVR250/SP30/U Metal Halide ED 28 250 30
ED28

109
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Appendix B

Ticket Hall Daylighting Study


Radiance Renderings

110
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Radiance Calculation Result


(all units are in fc)
Clear Sky Cloudy Sky
Perimeter Central Perimeter Central
Average Average Total Avg Max Average Average Total Avg Max
Winter
8:00AM 12 9 10 21 3 4 4 5
10:00AM 59 31 45 726 15 13 14 29
12:00PM 95 61 78 1707 21 18 19 44
2:00PM 401 88 245 2128 20 17 18 41
4:00PM 304 293 298 846 12 11 11 22
Average 174 96 135 1086 14 12 13 28
Equinox
8:00AM 57 25 41 445 12 11 12 26
10:00AM 84 62 73 2452 25 22 24 56
12:00PM 98 88 93 3591 32 27 30 68
2:00PM 182 126 154 3504 32 27 29 69
4:00PM 131 96 113 2127 24 20 22 54
Average 110 79 95 2424 25 21 23 55
Summer
8:00AM 51 86 69 2010 22 19 20 44
10:00AM 70 121 95 4536 34 28 31 72
12:00PM 153 108 130 4822 40 33 37 93
2:00PM 130 148 139 6671 39 33 36 88
4:00PM 142 110 126 3458 31 26 29 70
Average 109 115 112 4299 33 28 31 73
Annual Average 126 92 109 2558 24 21 23 53

111
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Civic Plaza Daylighting Study


Radiance Calculation Result

Clear Sky Cloudy Sky


Avg Max Min Avg Max Min
Winter
8:00AM 40 56 16 2 3 1
10:00AM 179 1459 54 136 178 39
12:00PM 409 1674 86 205 266 56
2:00PM 282 1461 78 192 253 55
4:00PM 132 408 43 99 131 28
Average 208 1012 55 127 166 36
Equinox
8:00AM 275 932 45 107 141 31
10:00AM 901 3912 104 259 343 68
12:00PM 1570 3021 125 344 465 87
2:00PM 1385 3630 127 336 447 88
4:00PM 588 2170 99 241 320 61
Average 944 2733 100 257 343 67
Summer
8:00AM 774 3263 111 222 290 59
10:00AM 1691 3177 166 361 481 93
12:00PM 2928 3924 185 435 589 119
2:00PM 2683 3802 187 424 556 108
4:00PM 1424 2859 151 332 434 84
Average 1900 3405 160 355 470 92
Annual Average
(all units are in fc) 999 2471 104 249 331 66

112
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Concourse B Daylighting Study

Radiance Rendering

Short side
Summer 6pm

Long side
Summer 7am

113
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Radiance Calculation Result

Clear Sky Cloudy Sky


High Low High Low
Perimeter Center Perimeter Perimeter Center Perimeter
Average Average Average Average Average Average
Winter
8:00 AM 24 15 16 0 0 0
10:00 AM 556 451 274 23 11 18
12:00 PM 807 213 89 35 18 28
2:00 PM 377 75 53 33 16 25
4:00 PM 37 22 28 17 8 13
6:00 PM 4 3 5 0 0 0
Average 301 130 77 18 9 14
Equinox
8:00 AM 334 246 150 18 9 14
10:00 AM 903 163 93 43 22 34
12:00 PM 431 119 81 57 30 46
2:00 PM 145 80 77 57 28 45
4:00 PM 71 50 67 40 20 33
6:00 PM 26 26 117 14 7 11
Average 318 114 98 38 19 30
Summer
8:00 AM 349 80 58 38 19 29
10:00 AM 451 97 75 61 31 48
12:00 PM 182 103 95 74 37 57
2:00 PM 137 90 109 72 35 55
4:00 PM 78 65 106 57 28 44
6:00 PM 49 64 437 31 16 24
Average 208 83 147 55 28 43
Annual Average 276 109 107 37 19 29

(all units are in fc)

114
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Appendix C
Custom Design Details

Custom Designed Light Pole for Civic Plaza

115
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Front Elevation

116
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Side Elevation

117
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Perspective Rendering

118
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Custom Designed Light Sculpture

Top View Dimension

119
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Side Dimension

120
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Front Elevation

121
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Perspective Rendering

122
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Hinged Panels plus Stairs for easy access and maintence

123
Ming Norman Tsui Lighting/Electrical Option

Indianapolis International Airport —


Midfield Terminal
Indianapolis, IN

Perspective Rendering

124
Metal High Pressure Tungsten
Uplighting Large outdoor, remote Halide Sodium Halogen Style 152

V Mount 1:10 Scale Cantilever 1:12 Scale


D (For use with X Mount)
N
A
C
8" B B
(203mm) M
L
E
F J
G K
H
5-1/8" 8-7/8" 36"
(130mm) (225mm) Length (see chart) (915mm)

Side-Mount Slipfitter 1:12 Scale (For


Wattage Source Length use with X Mount)
150 HPS
12-1/16"
175 MH (306mm) 5-7/8"
300-500 Halogen (149m)
17-13/16" *
250, 400 MH/HPS (452mm)
900,1000 Halogen 24-7/8" * 6"
(152mm) 2-1/4"
2x400 MH/HPS (632mm) O 4" (57mm)
* Yoke includes (2) 9/32" dia. holes at (102mm)
12" (305mm) centers for supplemental
mounting support (1/4" fasteners 4-1/8" 8-7/8"
by others) (105mm) (225mm)

Specifications Features
A Mitred extruded D Tamper-resistant H 1/2" NPT nipple M Welded aluminum ■ Compact yet powerful - up to 1000W halogen, 2x400W
aluminum door with captive door screws J Aluminum reveal mounting plate with metal halide for uplighting large vaults, canopies or arches
silicone gasket E Die-cast aluminum plates (black) splice access cover ■ Optimum performance - high output position oriented U
B Cutoff visor (included) end plates K Specular extruded N Recessed outlet box metal halide, end-of-lamp aligner, set screw locks aiming 7.0
C Clear, flat, thermal F Locking set screw aluminum reflector O Accessory extruded ■ Built to last - all aluminum and stainless steel components,
and impact resistant aluminum slipfitter for tempered glass lens, tamper-resistant door screws
tempered glass lens G Aluminum yoke L 1-1/2" x 2" aluminum arm 2-3/8" O.D. pole or tenon
Performance
Finish: Electrical:
Exterior surfaces - 6 stage pretreatment and electrostatically Use 90°C wire for supply connections. Leads exit reflector Two parabolic reflector
applied thermoset polyester powder coating for a durable through watertight flush cord entry, silicone coated fiberglass sections drive light 400W
abrasion, fade and corrosion resistant finish. Choice of sleeving; 8" exposed beyond nipple. (60" leads on X mount). across the overhead MH 900W
semi-gloss colors (see ordering information). plane from one edge. TH
Tungsten halogen - recessed single contact (RSC)
Reflector and internal end plates - extruded high purity lampholders in patented clamping supports for maximum An elliptical section
aluminum with clear anodized specular finish. All hardware heat dissipation. redirects its light to a
and components - non corrosive stainless steel or aluminum. parabola and shields
Metal halide - position oriented mogul lampholder for use with the lamp. Asymmetry 24000
Door secured with captive tamper-resistant (#10 Torx) screws either POMB horizontal or universal position lamp (medium
in stainless steel threaded reflector inserts to prevent seizing. is maximized resulting Cd
base for 175W). Rotating bracket allows horizontal lamp to be in high beam efficiency
Yoke attaches with recessed hex socket screws. locked in proper position after aiming (hinged lampholders for and superior surface
Mounting: 2x400W are fixed in position for uplighting across overhead uniformity. The fast
1/2" NPT nipple (wet location outlet box or fitting by others). surface). End-of-lamp aligner ensures consistent optical "runback" minimizes
Aluminum cantilever mounting assembly ordered separately; performance and minimizes damage from shock or vibration. wasted spill light.
specify X mount. Suitable backing structure required. HPS - pulse rated mogul lampholder (medium base for 150W). Wide lateral distribution
Accessory slipfitter ordered separately. Top-mount for single Ballast - remote HPF constant wattage autotransformer (CWA) permits greater
unit, or side-mount for one or two (back-to-back) units; specify rated for -20°F/-29°C starting (high reactance autotransformer spacings.
X mount. Fits 2-3/8" O.D. stanchion, pole or tenon (by others). (HX-HPF) for 150W HPS). Weatherproof aluminum enclosure
includes three 7/8" dia. entries and one 3/8" liquidtight conduit For complete photometrics, visit www.elliptipar.com
Standard:
UL listed or CSA certified for wet locations. connector. Optional remote ballast for dry indoor location.
For complete ballast specifications, see Accessories Section. elliptipar
REV. 11/02
To Order Style 152
To form a Catalog Number Project: Type:

1 5 2- - - - -V 4 Mounting Accessories
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 V = External yoke with 1/2" NPT nipple (wet location outlet Order separately. See Accessories Section for specifications.
box or fitting by others)
AC 36 = Cantilever,
1 Source X = External yoke for use with accessory cantilever or
36" (914mm) setback
slipfitter (order separately)
M = Metal halide (for use with X mount unit)
H = High pressure sodium 0 = UL
T = Tungsten halogen 5 Finish J = CSA
02 = Semi-gloss white 99 = Custom RAL or
5 Finish
2 Style 06 = Dark bronze computer matched L = single unit
07 = Silver color to be specified, U = double unit (back to back)
152 = Large outdoor, remote ballast consult sales
08 = Semi-gloss black
representative.
12 = Green
3 Lamp ASF T10 = Top-mount slipfitter,
for 2-3/8" O.D. pole,
Lamp Watt- Lamp Volt- Dis- 6 Voltage stanchion or tenon
Code age Number age(s) Ballast tance (for use with single
A = 120V G = 240V X mount unit)
Metal Halide* (900W, 1000W TH only)
B = 277V 5 Finish
0175 175 MH175/U/MED A, B, H CWA 105'(32m) F = 220V H = 347V
0250 250 MH250/HOR A, B, H CWA 75'(23m) (1000W TH only)
ASF S 0 = Side-mount slipfitter,
0400 400 MH400/HOR A, B, H CWA 50'(15m) for 2-3/8" O.D. pole,
2400‡ 2x400 (2) MH400/HOR A, B, H CWA 50'(15m) 7 Option (See Accessories Section for specifications) stanchion or tenon
(for use with
High Pressure Sodium V0 = Cutoff visor included, no other options X mount units)
0150 150 LU150/MED A, B, H HX-HPF 5'(1.5m) VD = Remote ballast for dry indoor location 1 = single unit
0250 250 LU250 A, B, H CWA 5'(1.5m) VH = Long distance remote HPS ballast up to 35' (10m) for 2 = double unit
150W HPS, up to 50' (15m) for 250W and 400W HPS (back to back)
0400 400 LU400 A, B, H CWA 10'(3.0m) VL = Micro-prismatic tempered glass lens (replaces clear, 5 Finish
2400 2x400 (2) LU400 A, B, H CWA 10'(3.0m) flat lens, offers smoother light pattern at reduced peak
U Tungsten Halogen
candlepower.)
VX = For modification not listed, include detailed description. AE V 0D0 = External vertical blade baffle, black,
7.1 0300 300 Q300T3 A Consult factory prior to specification. for lengthwise shielding
0350+ 350 Q350T3/CL/HIR+ A Note: Cutoff visor included unless specified otherwise. 2 = 25° shielding
0500 500 Q500T3 A 4 = 45°
0900+ 900 Q900T3/CL/HIR+ B, G C = 300W-350W TH; 150W-175W HID
(not for use with 500W TH)
1000 1000 Q1000T3 A, F, G 8 Standard D = 250W, 400W HID
For complete lamp and ballast information, see Accessories Section. F = 900W, 1000W TH, 2x400W HID
0 = UL, Underwriters Laboratories
* Use clear metal halide horizontal or universal position lamp with J = CSA, Canadian Standards Association
compact envelope. 250 and 400W lamps are horizontal position
oriented mogul base (POMB) that yield higher light output than AXF = Wet location color filter assembly,
universal position lamps. Standard metal halide lamp colors are interchangable frame with
4000K for 175W, 3200K for 250 and 400W. Example stripped color glass, visor.
‡ 2x400W metal halide uses position oriented mogul lampholders that
Not suitable for all lamp
are hinged and fixed in position to uplight across an overhead
surface (±15°).
H152 - 0400 - V - 07 - B - VH0 wattages. Consult factory for
+ 350 and 900W IR coated halogen yield approximately the same light Large outdoor model for use with 400 watt high pressure complete specifications and
output as conventional 500 and 1500W halogen lamps respectively. sodium lamp. External yoke with 1/2" NPT nipple. Silver ordering information.
powder coat finish. Long distance (up to 50') remote 277V
ballast in weatherproof enclosure. UL. Cutoff visor included.
AFK000X = Ballast fuse kit
0 = UL
J = CSA

The external shapes of the asymmetric reflectors are trademarks of elliptipar.


REV. 6/04 elliptipar elliptipar
114 Boston Post Road, West Haven, Connecticut 06516, USA
Voice 203.931.4455 Fax 203.931.4464 www.elliptipar.com
■ ■
Certain products illustrated may be covered by applicable patents and patents pending.
For a list of patents, see Contents pages. These specifications supersede all prior
publications and are subject to change without notice. ©2004 elliptipar.
Ceramic
Lighting the Ground Small outdoor, remote Metal Halide
Tungsten Halogen Style 151

V Mount 1:8 Scale V Mount 1:12 Scale


(shown mounted under soffit/overhang)
A
B
C G
H
4-3/4" 6-3/8" * L
D D
(120mm) (162mm)
E J
F * Excludes height
K of cover plate
3" 5-1/4" 12" (by others) 6-1/2"
(76mm) (133mm) (305mm) (165mm)

Slipfitter: Single Unit 1:8 Scale (For use with X Mount) Slipfitter: Double 1:12 Scale

7-1/2"
(190mm) N M
N
M M

3" 8-3/8" 19-3/4"


(76mm) (213mm) (502mm)

Specifications Features G
A 1/2" NPT nipple E Mitred extruded H Specular extruded L Locking set screw ■ High performance asymmetric lighting for broad areas 1.0
B Aluminum yoke aluminum door frame aluminum reflector M Accessory extruded where pedestrian scale, controlled distribution are desired
C Die-cast end F Precured silicone door J Micro-prismatic, thermal aluminum slipfitter for ■ Compact yet powerful - up to 250W halogen, 150W MH
aluminum plates and lens gasket and impact resistant 2-3/8" O.D. tenon or pole ■ Durable and secure - thermal and impact resistant lens,
G Aluminum reveal tempered glass lens N Accessory vertical blade tamper-resistant fasteners, set screw in yoke locks aiming
D Aluminum cutoff K Tamper-resistant
visor (included) plates (black) cross baffle (black) ■ Non corrosive - aluminum and stainless steel construction
captive door screws
Performance
Finish: Electrical:
Exterior surfaces - 6 stage pretreatment and electrostatically Use 90°C wire for supply connections. Leads exit reflector Two parabolic reflector
applied thermoset polyester powder coating for a durable through watertight flush cord entry and silicone coated sections drive light across
abrasion, fade and corrosion resistant finish. Choice of fiberglass sleeving with 8" (.2m) exposed beyond nipple. the ground plane from
semi-gloss colors (see ordering information). 60" (1.5m) leads for X mount. one edge. An elliptical
Reflector - extruded high purity aluminum with clear anodized Tungsten halogen - recessed single contact (RSC) or section redirects its light
specular finish. All hardware and components - non corrosive DC bayonet lampholders retained with patented clamping to a parabola and shields
stainless steel or aluminum. Door secured with captive supports for maximum heat dissipation. the lamp. Asymmetry is
tamper-resistant (#10 Torx) screws in stainless steel threaded maximized resulting in
Metal halide - G12 lampholder for use with single ended lamp. high beam efficiency and 3000
reflector inserts to prevent seizing. Yoke attaches with Remote HPF high reactance autotransformer (HX-HPF) ballast
recessed hex socket screws. superior surface Cd
rated for -20°F/-29°C starting. Die-cast aluminum uniformity. The fast
Mounting: weatherproof ballast enclosure includes four 1/2" NPT "runback" minimizes 250W
1/2" NPT nipple (wet location outlet box or fitting by others). threaded entries. Optional electronic ballast with automatic wasted spill and trespass TH
Accessory slipfitter (ordered separately) for 2-3/8" O.D. pole, shut-off to eliminate end-of-life cycling. Optional remote light. Wide lateral
tenon or stanchion (by others). Side-mount for single or ballast for dry indoor location. distribution permits 70W
double (back-to-back) units, specify X mount. For complete ballast specifications, see Accessories Section. greater spacings. MH
Standard:
UL listed or CSA certified for wet locations.
For complete photometrics, visit www.elliptipar.com.

REV. 4/04
elliptipar
To Order Style 151
To form a Catalog Number Project: Type:

1 5 1 - - - - -V 6 Voltage/Ballast Accessories
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Magnetic Electronic Order separately. See Accessories Section for specifications.
A = 120V 1 = 120V
B = 277V 2 = 277V ASF S 0 = Side-mount slipfitter,
1 Source H = 347V (Canada)* for 2-3/8" O.D. pole,
tenon or rigid
M = Metal halide * Not available for 35W metal halide conduit (for use
T = Tungsten halogen with X mount units)
1 = single unit
7 Option (See Accessories Section for specifications)
2 Style 2 = double unit
V0 = Cutoff visor included, no other options (back to back)
151 = Small outdoor, remote ballast VD = Remote ballast for dry indoor location 5 Finish
VH = Long distance remote metal halide ballast,
35W: 15' min. up to 50’ max. (4.5m - 15m),
3 Lamp 70W: up to 50' max. (15m), AEBV 0D0 = External vertical blade baffle, black
150W: up to 50’ max. (15m) for lengthwise shielding
Lamp Watt- Lamp Volt- Dis- VX = For modification not listed, include detailed description.
Code age Number age(s) Ballast tance 2 = 25° shielding
Consult factory prior to specification. 4 = 45°
Ceramic Metal Halide* Note: Cutoff visor included unless specified otherwise.
A, B HX-HPF 15'(4.5m)
035G 35 CMH35/T6/G12 AFK000X = Ballast fuse kit
1, 2 Electr. 15'(4.5m) 8 Standard
A, B, H HX-HPF 10'(3m) 0 = UL
070G 70 CMH70/T6/G12 0 = UL, Underwriters Laboratories J = CSA
1, 2 Electr. 15'(4.5m) J = CSA, Canadian Standards Association
A, B, H HX-HPF 10'(3m)
150G 150 CMH150/T6/G12
1, 2 Electr. 15'(4.5m) Example
G Tungsten Halogen
1.1 0100 100 Q100DC A T151 - 0250 - V - 02 - A - V0J
0150 150 Q150DC A Small outdoor model for use with 250 watt tungsten halogen
0200 200 Q200T3 A lamp. External yoke with 1/2" NPT nipple. Semi-gloss white
0250 250 Q250DC A powder coat finish. 120V. CSA. Cutoff visor included.

For complete lamp and ballast information, see Accessories Section.


* Metal halide lamps using ceramic arc tubes yield higher light output
than lamps with quartz arc tubes. They offer improved lamp-to-lamp
color consistency and a more stable color temperature over their
life (±200K). Standard lamp color is 3000K / 80+ CRI.

4 Mounting
V = External yoke with 1/2" NPT nipple (wet location outlet
box or fitting by others)
X = External yoke for use with accessory side-mount
slipfitter (order separately)

5 Finish
02 = Semi-gloss white 99 = Custom RAL or
06 = Dark bronze computer matched
07 = Silver color to be specified,
08 = Semi-gloss black consult sales
representative.
12 = Green

The external shapes of the asymmetric reflectors are trademarks of elliptipar.


elliptipar
REV. 4/04 elliptipar 114 Boston Post Road, West Haven, Connecticut 06516, USA
Voice 203.931.4455 Fax 203.931.4464 www.elliptipar.com
■ ■
Certain products illustrated may be covered by applicable patents and patents pending.
For a list of patents, see Contents pages. These specifications supersede all prior
publications and are subject to change without notice. ©2004 elliptipar.
Architectural
Nemo Series

08-02
Lumec-Schréder Inc
800 Curé-Boivin,
Boisbriand, Quebec,
Canada J7G 2A7
Tel.: (450) 979-2747,
1-800-498-8587
Fax: (450) 979-2749
www.lumecschreder.com

Nemo Series
The NemoTM range, which is an original design, has 23 5/8"
been developed to satisfy the varied requirements (600 mm)
of the urban environment.

(356 mm)
5 1/8"

14"
The Nemo range can fulfill diverse needs (130 mm)
associated with illumination, ambiance creation,
and signage in towns and cities while maintaining
a visual unity among its products. 5 1/4" 6 1/8"

(613 mm)

(3020 mm)
24 1/8"

118 7/8"
All models (light column, wall luminaire, post-top (134 mm) (156 mm)
luminaire, bollard) in the Nemo range are fitted 7"
with a “Sealsafe” optical chamber that meets IP66 (180 mm)
tightness, thereby ensuring internal cleanliness
and stability of photometric performance over a Wall Luminaire
very long period of time.
A particular feature of these products is their high Bollard Lamp Voltage Ballast Finish
degree of impact resistance along with a robust NEW 18W 120 EL SS
mechanical design.
Superior Photometric Performance: CFL: Up to 18W EL* SS
The indirect lighting optics consists of a one-piece, EM Stainless
anodized, brightened and hydroformed aluminum Steel
reflector.

GLS
Light Grey
SC

(5000 mm)
196"
EL*, R, HX, CWA Special
Bollard Luminaire Color
Bollard Lamp Voltage Ballast Finish Luminaire Lamp Voltage Ballast Pole Finish

(3660 mm)
NEB 18W 120 EL SS NEL 70MH 120 HX AM5-12 GLS 144"

CFL: Up to 18W EL* SS


EM Stainless 70 MH B17, T6
Steel 150 MH B17, T6,
Induction and compact fluorescent
6 1/8" lamps also available, consult factory
(156 mm)

(1980 mm)
78"
(1005 mm)
39 9/16"

AMS6/SMS6
APR3/SPR3

APR4/SPR4

AM5/SM5

APR4

Light Column
Bolt circle

16 3/8" (423 mm)


(269 mm)

(240 mm)
10 10/16"

9 7/16"

Bolt circle

(400 mm)

Column Lamp Voltage Ballast Finish


15 3/4"

6 1/8" NEC 150MH 120 HX SS


(156 mm)
7 5/8"
70 MH B17, T6 EL*, R, SS
(194 mm)
150 MH B17, T6, HX, CWA Stainless
Compact fluorescent lamps also Steel
available, consult factory
* EL ballast (120 or 277 volts only). All others are remote in pole or mounting

Genlyte Thomas Group LLC


Registered Lumec-Schréder - Printed in Canada Lumec-Schréder reserves the right to substitute materials or change the manufacturing process of its products without prior notification. 08-02
E Nadir Recessed floor luminaire
with LED

4 7/8"
46666663
∅ 124 mm

466663
3 15/16"
100 mm
4 7/16"
2666661
∅ 112 mm

LED

Lä ö ü
Dry Damp Wet

ÖOutdoor
33738.023 Silver LED Amber
LED 2.1W 120V AC
Product description
Size 3
Housing with mounting ring: cor-
rosion-resistant, cast aluminum,
No-rinse surface treatment. Ex-
ternal silver double powder-coat-
ed. Mounting by means of an ad-
justable bar. Clamp extension 5/8"-
1 3/8" / 15-35mm.
Cable, L 23 5/8" / 600mm.
Replaceable LED module.
Diffuser with Softec lens as safety
glass, 5/16" / 8mm. Load 1349lb.wt
/ 6kN.
Mounting ring: corrosion-resis-
tant cast aluminum, silver double
powder-coated.
Suitable for wet location (IP67):
dust-proof and protected against
immersion damage.
To avoid ingress of water it is nec-
essary to seal the mounting area
on site or to provide a drainage.
Weight 1.43lbs / 0.65kg

ERCO Lighting, Inc. Technical Region: 120V/277V, 60Hz


160 Raritan Center Parkway Edition: December 21, 2005
Suite 10 Please download latest version from
Edison, NJ 08837 www.erco.com/33738.023
USA
Tel.: +1 732 225 8856
Fax: +1 732 225 8857
info.us@erco.com 1/2
E Nadir Recessed floor luminaire
Accessories
33890.000
Housing for recessed mounting
Aluminum, powder-coated. 2 ca-
ble entries. Cover: metal, powder-
coated.
Weight 2.20lbs / 1.00kg

4 7/16"
36666466666
∅ 112 mm
666664663

7 5/16"
115 mm
4 1/2"

466663
∅ 193 mm
9 1/16"
4666663
∅ 230 mm

Nadir Recessed floor luminaire 2/2


33738.023
E Nadir Recessed floor luminaire
with LED

4 7/8"
46666663
∅ 124 mm

466663
3 15/16"
100 mm
4 7/16"
2666661
∅ 112 mm

LED

Lä ö ü
Dry Damp Wet

ÖOutdoor
33736.023 Silver LED Blue
LED 1.7W 120V AC
Product description
Size 3
Housing with mounting ring: cor-
rosion-resistant, cast aluminum,
No-rinse surface treatment. Ex-
ternal silver double powder-coat-
ed. Mounting by means of an ad-
justable bar. Clamp extension 5/8"-
1 3/8" / 15-35mm.
Cable, L 23 5/8" / 600mm.
Replaceable LED module.
Diffuser with Softec lens as safety
glass, 5/16" / 8mm. Load 1349lb.wt
/ 6kN.
Mounting ring: corrosion-resis-
tant cast aluminum, silver double
powder-coated.
Suitable for wet location (IP67):
dust-proof and protected against
immersion damage.
To avoid ingress of water it is nec-
essary to seal the mounting area
on site or to provide a drainage.
Weight 1.43lbs / 0.65kg

ERCO Lighting, Inc. Technical Region: 120V/277V, 60Hz


160 Raritan Center Parkway Edition: December 21, 2005
Suite 10 Please download latest version from
Edison, NJ 08837 www.erco.com/33736.023
USA
Tel.: +1 732 225 8856
Fax: +1 732 225 8857
info.us@erco.com 1/2
E Nadir Recessed floor luminaire
Accessories
33890.000
Housing for recessed mounting
Aluminum, powder-coated. 2 ca-
ble entries. Cover: metal, powder-
coated.
Weight 2.20lbs / 1.00kg

4 7/16"
36666466666
∅ 112 mm
666664663

7 5/16"
115 mm
4 1/2"

466663
∅ 193 mm
9 1/16"
4666663
∅ 230 mm

Nadir Recessed floor luminaire 2/2


33736.023
E Nadir Recessed floor luminaire
with LED

4 7/8"
46666663
∅ 124 mm

466663
3 15/16"
100 mm
4 7/16"
2666661
∅ 112 mm

LED

Lä ö ü
Dry Damp Wet

ÖOutdoor
33737.023 Silver LED Green
LED 1.7W 120V AC
Product description
Size 3
Housing with mounting ring: cor-
rosion-resistant, cast aluminum,
No-rinse surface treatment. Ex-
ternal silver double powder-coat-
ed. Mounting by means of an ad-
justable bar. Clamp extension 5/8"-
1 3/8" / 15-35mm.
Cable, L 23 5/8" / 600mm.
Replaceable LED module.
Diffuser with Softec lens as safety
glass, 5/16" / 8mm. Load 1349lb.wt
/ 6kN.
Mounting ring: corrosion-resis-
tant cast aluminum, silver double
powder-coated.
Suitable for wet location (IP67):
dust-proof and protected against
immersion damage.
To avoid ingress of water it is nec-
essary to seal the mounting area
on site or to provide a drainage.
Weight 1.43lbs / 0.65kg

ERCO Lighting, Inc. Technical Region: 120V/277V, 60Hz


160 Raritan Center Parkway Edition: December 21, 2005
Suite 10 Please download latest version from
Edison, NJ 08837 www.erco.com/33737.023
USA
Tel.: +1 732 225 8856
Fax: +1 732 225 8857
info.us@erco.com 1/2
E Nadir Recessed floor luminaire
Accessories
33890.000
Housing for recessed mounting
Aluminum, powder-coated. 2 ca-
ble entries. Cover: metal, powder-
coated.
Weight 2.20lbs / 1.00kg

4 7/16"
36666466666
∅ 112 mm
666664663

7 5/16"
115 mm
4 1/2"

466663
∅ 193 mm
9 1/16"
4666663
∅ 230 mm

Nadir Recessed floor luminaire 2/2


33737.023
E Nadir Recessed floor luminaire
with LED

4 7/8"
46666663
∅ 124 mm

466663
3 15/16"
100 mm
4 7/16"
2666661
∅ 112 mm

LED

Lä ö ü
Dry Damp Wet

ÖOutdoor
33735.023 Silver LED White
LED 1.7W 120V AC
Product description
Size 3
Housing with mounting ring: cor-
rosion-resistant, cast aluminum,
No-rinse surface treatment. Ex-
ternal silver double powder-coat-
ed. Mounting by means of an ad-
justable bar. Clamp extension 5/8"-
1 3/8" / 15-35mm.
Cable, L 23 5/8" / 600mm.
Replaceable LED module.
Diffuser with Softec lens as safety
glass, 5/16" / 8mm. Load 1349lb.wt
/ 6kN.
Mounting ring: corrosion-resis-
tant cast aluminum, silver double
powder-coated.
Suitable for wet location (IP67):
dust-proof and protected against
immersion damage.
To avoid ingress of water it is nec-
essary to seal the mounting area
on site or to provide a drainage.
Weight 1.43lbs / 0.65kg

ERCO Lighting, Inc. Technical Region: 120V/277V, 60Hz


160 Raritan Center Parkway Edition: December 21, 2005
Suite 10 Please download latest version from
Edison, NJ 08837 www.erco.com/33735.023
USA
Tel.: +1 732 225 8856
Fax: +1 732 225 8857
info.us@erco.com 1/2
E Nadir Recessed floor luminaire
Accessories
33890.000
Housing for recessed mounting
Aluminum, powder-coated. 2 ca-
ble entries. Cover: metal, powder-
coated.
Weight 2.20lbs / 1.00kg

4 7/16"
36666466666
∅ 112 mm
666664663

7 5/16"
115 mm
4 1/2"

466663
∅ 193 mm
9 1/16"
4666663
∅ 230 mm

Nadir Recessed floor luminaire 2/2


33735.023
Description
Series 66DIP is a totally harmonic task and ambient lighting element. Type
Distinguished by its compact low profile and design and its highly efficient Catalog #
reflector and baffle system, it is ideal for low ceiling office lighting. T8 lamps
are enclosed in a compact extruded aluminum profile. High level, glare free, Project
wide spread illumination is projected up, down, or up and down. Pendant
mounted applications are provided as singular elements or in continuous Date
Comments
runs, finished to blend or accentuate.

Prepared by

SPECIFICATION FEATURES

A ... Construction C ... Electrical Mounting


Construction Extruded aluminum 120 or 277 Volt, electronic ballast. Pendant with single stem
housing. Nominal 4' or 8' Luminaires and electrical (standard) or single cable. Canopy:
illuminated sections. components certified to UL and 5-1/2" diameter.
CUL standards.
B ... Louver
Pearlescent parabolic baffle. D ... Finish
Baked on low gloss white powder
coated polyester.

A B C D
Omni
Series 66DIP
1 & 2T8
1 & 2T5
1 & 2T5HO

SUSPENDED
DIRECT/INDIRECT
3-1/2"
[89mm]
Light Distribution
Indirect - 52.0%
Direct - 48.0%

9" [229mm]

ORDERING INFORMATION

Sample Number: S66DIP/2T8/ST84/1EB-DU

Series Light Output Number of Lamps Pendant Voltage 2 Ballast Switching Options Fusing
66=Omni DI=Direct/Indirect 1=1 Lamp SC=Single Cable 1=120V EB=Electronic Ballast SI=Single Switching GLR=GLR
2=2 Lamps ST=Single Stem1 2=277V DB=Dimming Ballast DU=Double Switching GMF=GMF
Mounting 3=347V
P=Pendant Lamp Type Run Length Emergency Shielding Options
T8=T8 Overall Nominal Run Length __ ft. EM=Emergency Pack S58=KSH-12 Acrylic Lens
T5=T5 S79=Parabolic Baffle
T5HO=T5HO

Notes: 1 Available with 7° or earthquake 45° swivel canopy assembly.


2 Not all options available. Please consult your Cooper Lighting Representative for availability.

Specifications and Dimensions subject to change without notice. ADN041826


Consult your representative for additional options and finishes.
Neoray

Photometrics

180° 135° Coefficients of Utilization Candela

Effective floor cavity reflectance 20% Angle Along II 45° Across ⊥


rc 80% 50% 30% 0 897 897 897
rw 70 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 30 10 5 893 902 914
RCR 15 796 890 980
1 74 72 69 67 56 54 53 46 45 44 25 770 987 1080
2 69 64 60 56 50 48 46 42 40 39 35 644 884 1001
3 63 57 52 48 45 42 39 38 36 34 45 429 673 862
90°
4 58 51 45 41 41 37 34 34 32 20 55 213 444 604
5 54 45 40 36 36 33 30 31 28 26 65 25 73 149
6 49 41 35 31 33 29 26 28 25 23 75 5 8 9
7 45 37 31 27 30 26 23 25 22 20 85 1 2 2
0° 8 42 33 27 24 27 23 20 23 20 17 90 0 0 0
9 39 30 24 21 24 20 17 20 17 15 95 9 4 4
90°
10 36 27 22 18 22 18 15 18 15 13 105 105 77 30
115 281 251 223
0° ••• 125 440 476 428
Zonal Lumen Summary 135 543 629 668
66DIP-2T8-S79 145 755 830 842
(2) F40T12RS/WW Zone Lumens %Lamp %Fixture 155 870 942 963
3200 Lumens 0-30 779 12.2 16.1 165 880 918 941
0-40 1317 20.6 27.3 175 972 971 986
Efficiency 75.5%
0-60 2218 34.7 45.9 180 976 976 976
Test Report 0-90 2310 36.1 47.8
#5667.0 90-180 2522 39.4 52.2
0-180 4832 75.5 100.0
Total Luminaire Efficiency = 75.5%

Mounting Information

5-1/4" [133mm] 5-1/4" [133mm] 5-1/4" [133mm] 5-1/4" [133mm]

48-1/2" [1232mm] 96-3/4" [2458mm]

86-1/4" [2191mm] 96-1/2" [2451mm] 48-1/4" [1226mm] 5-1/4" [133mm]

20' - 1-1/2" [6134mm]

Shielding Information

S58 Acrylic Lens S79 Parabolic Louver


1/8" thick, clear acrylic 1-1/4" high blades. 2.4" o.c.,
prismatic lens. semi-specular lo-brightness
Pearlescent Aluminum baffle.
Continuous and unbroken,
no visible joints.

Specifications and Dimensions subject to change without notice. ADN041826


Neo-Ray • Customer First Center • 1121 Highway 74 South • Peachtree City, GA 30269 • TEL 770.486.4800 • FAX 770.486.4801
M60 Linear Fluorescent
Recessed

Project: Type: Qty:


_ _ _ _ _ _ _
Fixture Lamp Shielding Mounting Linear Finish Voltage
Series Type Footage
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Options (refer to separate data sheets for ordering codes and details)

Lamp Type Shielding Mounting Linear Finish Voltage Options


Fixture Series Footage
M6R1 1T5 F28T5 MP Silky Specular SH Suspension Clips 004 4 foot WH White 120 TB Lengths to Fit 2’ Grid
M60 Recessed Parabolic T-Bar Ceiling System (M6R1 only)
Continuous Flange 1T5HO F54T5HO Louver RC Rotating Crossbars 008 8 foot (qty.)EM Stand-by Battery Pack 1
BK Black 277 (prefix quantity, i.e. - 5EM)
(Flanged Extrusion/ SD Satine Lens PM Perimeter Mount 012 12 foot
Flanged Endcaps) SV Silver FS Single Fusing
OD Extra Diffuse TS 1" Studs (factory installed) For actual lengths 347 DM Dimming1 (specify system)
M6R2 Lens see layout dimensions. For
SP Specify DMA Digital Addressable Dimming1
M60 Recessed other lengths, configurations
RAL# SI Satine Acrylic Inlay2
Flush End indicate nominal length
rounded to the next highest
FW Flex Whip (standard)
(Flanged Extrusion/
foot. Factory will supply lay- FW1 Flex Whip (dimming)
Flangeless Endcaps)
out drawings. Individual fix- Track Eutrac Standard3
tures cannot be field joined. DL Suitable for Damp Locations
CCEA Chicago Plenum
Downlights (See MR11 spec
1
Must be low profile ballasts (13/16" wide x 1 3/16" high); consult factory for details. 2
Available for MP Louver only. 3
Consult factory for details. sheet, pp.98)

Mounting Diagrams Scale = 1 : 8 Track


Suspension Clips (SH) Pre-installed Rod (TS) Rotating Crossbars (RC) Perimeter Mount (PM) Track insert including track
available for all configurations,
consult factory for details.
7 8 9 10 11
(114mm)
41/2"
(90mm)

(90mm)
(90mm)
39/16"

39/16"
39/16"

12

1. Housing - Continuous, 6. Shielding - Louvers offer


M6R1
Scale = 1 : 4

6063-T5 extruded aluminum excellent glare control in longitudi- 11. Steel Wall Bracket and 1/4-
20 Rod - Supplied nominally
M6R2 profile up to 16 feet long. nal, lateral, and all diagonal
every 4 ft. (Fasteners to wall and
planes. High quality aluminum
2. Ballast - Electronic, high louvers and acrylic shielding allow wall anchors by others.)
23/8" power factor, class "P", type "A" true freedom of layout for today’s
(60mm) sound rating. Specify 120v, modern spaces. 12. Aluminum Wall Bracket -
1 277v, or 347v. Ballast is factory Secured to wall (fasteners and
pre-wired with leads to one end 7. Spring steel suspension clips wall anchors by others) and
3 9/16"(90mm)

2 of fixture. Consult factory for - Supplied two places, located runs entire length of fixture.
ballast options. nominally every 4 ft. Support Also supplied for width of
wires Supplied and installed by M6R1 continuous flange fixtures.
3 3. Gear Tray - Die formed tray others. Allows for 1/8" gap between
with specular aluminum reflec-
flange and wall to create
tor. Gear tray installs as com- 8. Pre-installed 1" 1/4-20 Stud - shadow line.
plete electrical unit and is held Attached to fixture every nominal
in place with 1/4 turn latches. It 4 feet. Interior Luminaire Finish -
3"(76mm) is fully accessible from below Standard interior colors are
5 9. Coupling and Threaded Rod
4 ceiling. White (WH), Black (BK) and
to Structure - Supplied and Silver (SV). RAL Classic colors
4. Flange - 5/16" (8mm) wide installed by others. (SP) are available, please specify
6 flange is part of the main extrud-
10 Rotating Crossbar - For inac- RAL#.
ed body. Specify
continuous flange (M6R1) or cessible ceilings, adjustable for
flush end (M6R2) . ceiling thicknesses from 1/4" to 2".
Support required nominally every 4’.
SELUX Corp. © 2006 5. Lamps - As noted (by others).
TEL: (845) 691-7723 Other lamp lengths or wattages
Union Made Affiliated
available, consult factory.
FAX: (845) 691-6749 with IBEW Local 363

www.selux.com/usa In a continuing effort to offer the best product possible, we reserve the right to change, without notice, specifications or materials that in our opinion will not alter
M6R-01 (v5.0) the function of the product. Specification sheets found at www.selux.com/usa are the most recent versions and supercede all other printed or electronic versions.
22
M60 Recessed Linear Fluorescent
Flanged Extrusion

M6R1 and M6R2 Standard Layout Dimensions Continuous Flange (M6R1)

M6R1 Recessed - nominal 4 foot individual

Outside Flange (M6R1)

M6R1 Recessed - T-Bar Length - nominal 4 foot individual


2’ typical

4’ CL to CL of T-Bar

M6R1 Recessed - nominal 8 foot individual Flush End (M6R2)

Outside Flange (M6R1)

M6R1 Recessed - T-Bar Length - nominal 8 foot individual


2’ typical

8’ CL to CL of T-Bar

M6R1 Recessed - nominal 12 foot individual

Outside Flange (M1R1)

M6R1 Recessed - T-Bar Length - nominal 12 foot individual


17/8" (47mm) Blank Cover 17/8" (47mm) Blank Cover
2’ typical

12’ CL to CL of T-Bar

Typical Side View 23/8" (60mm)


Including Endplates
61/8" equal equal equal 61/8" (156mm)
(156mm)

21/8" (54mm) Feed


Housing 3 9/16" (90mm)
Outside Flange 3" (76mm)
Suspensions supplied spaced nominally every 4 feet.
Fixture supplied with 7/8 knockout located 21/8" from end in top of fixture.

T5 (1 or 2 lamp)
M6R1/M6R2 M6R1 M6R1/M6R2 - TB M6R1 - TB
Including Endplates Outside Flange Including Endplates Outside Flange

4 foot individual 47.28" (1201mm) 46.63" (1184mm) 47.03" (1195mm) 47.91" (1216mm)
8 foot individual 93.72" (2380mm) 93.03" (2362mm) 95.21" (2418mm) 95.88" (2435mm)
12 foot individual 140.13" (3559mm) 139.43" (3541mm) 143.25" (3638mm) 143.22" (3638mm)
For other lengths, lamping, continuous runs or configurations please specify overall length (in feet), accessories desired and sketch/drawing of
configuration. SELUX will detail project drawings upon order and supply submittal drawings for approval. Individual fixtures cannot be field
joined. If you have any questions please contact SELUX customer service or applications engineering for assistance (1-800-SELUX-CS).

In a continuing effort to offer the best product


SELUX Corp. © 2006 possible, we reserve the right to change, without
PO Box 1060, 5 Lumen Lane / Highland, NY 12528 notice, specifications or materials that in our
opinion will not alter the function of the product.
TEL: (845) 691-7723 / FAX: (845) 691-6749
Specification sheets found at www.selux.com/usa
E-mail: seluxus@selux.com / Web Site: www.selux.com/usa are the most recent versions and supercede all
M6R1-02 (02/06) other printed or electronic versions.
23
iolighting.com
BEST
IN
SHOW

asymmetric
PATENT PENDING
Application
io Lighting’s line series 2.0 H.O. utilizes the same extruded
aluminum housing as the line series 2.0 standard product. While
the scale of the luminaire’s housing is the same, the light output is
50% greater, hence “High Output”. This low voltage linear floodlight
luminaire utilizes high brightness LEDs and may be specified for
interior or exterior applications. Nominal lengths include: 18", 36",
54", and 72". series 2.0 H.O.’s highly controlled asymmetric beam
spread is a great solution for exterior building facade lighting or sign
lighting. io’s precise optical assembly practically eliminates stray
light making it perfect for applications where light pollution and/or
light trespass are important design considerations. Symmetric beam
spreads (5˚, 30˚, 60˚) are also available. See dedicated specification
sheet for these beam spread options.
Individual series 2.0 H.O. units may be placed end to end to create
continuous rows without obvious shadows between fixtures. Similar
to halogen light sources, LEDs are point sources that offer superior
definition to three dimensional objects and sparkle to reflective
surfaces. Average rated life for series 2.0 H.O. is 50,000 hours.
Lamp lumen depreciation at 50,000 hours is 30%.

Light Output
series 2.0 H.O.’s award winning optical assemblies produce a
luminaire efficiency rating of 95%. Refer to light output tables for
footcandle values at various distances. IES format files may be
obtained from the factory or downloaded from iolighting.com.
• Warm White (3000˚ K): 267 lms/ft
Dimensions • Cool White (5000˚ K): 445 lms/ft
2.3"
Construction
Heavy-duty aluminum housing provides recommended heat
2.1" sink requirements for LEDs. Precision optics are composed of a
customized acrylic material offering excellent light transmission
and UV stability. High strength adhesive bonds the housing and
2.75" Dimension includes electrical feed and wire optical assembly. series 2.0 H.O. is UL listed for wet locations.
bending radius for interior applications.
Mounting Options
3.25" Dimension includes electrical feed and wire series 2.0 H.O. may be surface mounted, side surface mounted or
bending radius for exterior applications.
surface mounted with field adjustability and lockable aiming.
Asymmetric Beam Spread
Electrical
All fixtures are pre-wired and pre-assembled for easy installation.
8'-0", 18 AWG electrical feed is side mounted to enable continuous
row mounting. 8'-0", 18 gauge jacketed electrical feed is mounted to
the side of the housing (as shown in photo) to allow for unobstructed
continuous row mounting. series 2.0 H.O. is a low voltage luminaire
January 2006 io reserves the right to change specifications for product improvement without notification.

that requires a “driver” (power supply). The driver can be remotely


located up to 18'-0" (w/18 AWG), 46'-0" (w/14 AWG) and 71'-0"
Individual Unit Lengths (w/12 AWG) and may accommodate both a universal 120v or
18" 277v input. Dimming is available, consult factory for details.
series 2.0 H.O. is a UL class II luminaire. Individual units may be
36" daisy chained and fed from a high capacity driver. Consult factory
for more information.

54" Power Consumption


• high output: 15 w/ft
72" Finish
Anodized aluminum finish is standard. Custom anodized finishes
available upon request.
370 Corporate Woods Pkwy Vernon Hills, IL 60061-3107
T 847.735.7000 F 847.735.7001 E info@iolighting.com W iolighting.com
BEST
IN
SHOW
asymmetric
PATENT PENDING

Color Options
White 3000˚K White 5000˚K Red Green Blue Amber

3k 5k R G B A

Wall washing or sign lighting illuminance guide


Distance from 18” units 4’-0” O.C. 54” units 7’-0” O.C. 3’-0” from wall units mounted continuously 3’-0” from wall
ceiling (or floor). 3’-0” from wall

1’ 12 12 12 12 12 12 24 24 22 19 17 19 22 24 24 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 34
2’ 18 18 17 17 18 18 35 35 32 27 25 27 32 35 35 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
3’ 17 17 17 17 17 17 33 33 30 27 25 27 30 33 33 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48
4’ 14 14 14 14 14 14 26 26 24 22 21 22 24 26 26 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39
5’ 11 11 11 11 11 11 20 20 19 18 17 18 19 20 20 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
6’ 9 9 9 9 9 9 16 16 15 15 14 15 15 16 16 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
7’ 7 7 7 7 7 7 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
8’ 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16

Note: Calculations are based on 5000˚ Kelvin LEDS IES format photometrics may be downloaded from www.iolighting.com
Series 2.0’s optical assembly is designed to practically eliminate Multipliers for Alternate .6 .43 .6 .19 .43
stray light, making it perfect for applications where light pollution Light Source Colors 3000k RED GREEN BLUE AMBER
and/or light trespass are important design considerations.

line series 2.0 HO is UL listed for wet locations. It is not rated


for submersible applications. line should not be mounted in
conditions where there is any standing water whatsoever.
Asymmetric

Mounting Options
100 surface 101 side surface 102 field adjustable with lockable aiming
2.3"

1.26" 2.27"

1.81" 2.8" 3.67"

Order Code
0 . 05 . . . 90 . . . . .
io 2.0 HO Location Color Distribution Mounting Finish Length Voltage Dimming Driver Enclosure
I Interior 3kHO White 3000˚K 90 Asymmetric 100 Surface 1 Anodized UNITS (actual) SIDE FEED STANDARD I Interior
E Exterior 5kHO White 5000˚K 101 Side surface Aluminum 18 18" (17.71") 1 120v E Exterior
*R Red 2 Custom 36 36" (34.71") 2 277v N Not Req’d
102 Field Supplied by
*G Green adjustable 54 54" (51.71") 3 120v w/dim
*B Blue 72 72" (68.71") 4 277v w/dim electrical
*A Amber CONTINUOS ROW 5 other contractors
*Note: Driver options Specify Length
and details vary from i.e. 60'-0"
white light. Consult
factory for details. 70 Corporate Woods Pkwy Vernon Hills, IL 60061-3107
T 847.735.7000 F 847.735.7001 E info@iolighting.com W iolighting.com
Sax 130 track lighting fixtures

AR111, max 1x50W 230/12v


featuring an electronic transformer with integrated dimmer
and adapter for track fixtures
fixture 34138.__
Kg.
0,8

AR111, max 1x100W 230/12v


featuring an electronic transformer
and adapter for track fixtures
fixture 34159.__
Kg.
0,8

PAR30S, max 75W


with adapter for track fixture
fixture 34158.__

Kg.
0,7

PAR30 MH, 35W


electromagnetic control gear
complete with control gear
and adapter for track fixtures
Kg.
3,2
fixture 34155.__

PAR30 MH, 70W


fixture 34156.__

Kg.
3,4

MH, 35W G12


electromagnetic control gear
complete with control gear
and adapter for track fixtures
Kg.
3,2
fixture with a 9°+9° beam 34150.__
fixture with a 20°+20° beam 34153.__

MH, 70W G12


fixture with a 9°+9° beam 34151.__
fixture with a 20°+20° beam 34154.__

Kg.
3,4

MH, 150W G12


fixture with a 9°+9° beam 34152.__
fixture with a 20°+20° beam 34157.__

Kg.
4,1

Finish colour code

white glazed grey

_____.11 _____.82

ARCHITECTURAL PROGRAMME 7
Sax 130 Recessed Fixtures

¿80 AR111, max 1x50W 230/12v


recessed fixture

86
featuring an electronic transformer
with integrated dimmering system
Kg. fixture 34136.__

262
1.1

¿112 148 AR111, max 1x100W 230/12v


recessed fixture
featuring an electronic transformer
Kg.
Hole for plasterboard fixture 34141.__
1.2

63

PAR30 S halogen, max 1x75W E27


recessed fixture
fixture 34140.__

Kg.
1.0

All the fixtures in the SAX series can be


adjusted easily and accurately. The
wide horizontal (330°) and vertical
(±90°) rotation angles ensure absolute
flexibility during the designing phase.

Long-lasting, precision locking is guar-


anteed by the screws on the joints,
completely insensitive to any vibrations
there may be in the environment.

Finish colour code

white glazed grey

_____.11 _____.82

ARCHITECTURAL PROGRAMME 9
Sax 80/130 accessories

SAX80 coloured filters.


Complete the filter code with the finish colour code where necessary.

blu
blue yellow green red

34181.__ 34183.__ 34184.__ 34185.__

SAX130 coloured filters.


Complete the filter code with the finish colour code where necessary.

blue yellow green red

34171.__ 34173.__ 34174.__ 34175.__

Anti-glare louver and concentrating Fresnel lenses for SAX130 only.


Complete the accessories code with the finish colour code where necessary.

CUT-OFF screen Fresnel lens


34179.__ 34178.__

Control gear kit for SAX80 and SAX130 fixtures

electromagnetic control electronic control gear electronic transformer


gear SAX130 SAX130 SAX80/130
230v 50 Hz
35140.00 MH 35W 35143.00 MH 35W
35141.00 MH 70W 35144.00 MH 70W
35142.00 MH 150W 35145.00 MH 150W 105W code 4.94094.81

ARCHITECTURAL PROGRAMME 19
Sax accessories

Complete the track fixture with the colour code: _____.11 for white, _____.27 for black and _____.21 for anodized.

Three-phase track fixture, 16A Class1

Made in extruded aluminium, the 1 mm2 section wires are housed inside it,
treated to resist oxidation and enclosed in two PVC extruded elements with
high insulation resistivity.

Track 1,000 mm long 35061.__


33

Track 2,000 mm long 35062.__

36 Track 3,000 mm long 35063.__

Complete track fixture accessories and components with the colour code: _____.11 for white, _____.27 for black

R.H. control gear X joint Flat wire


L=120mm
35070.__
L.H. control gear

35071.__ 35077.__ 35078.00

Central control Flexible joint Steel suspension


gear and linear wire kit
joint h=2000mm

35065.__ 35066.__ 35069.__

Internal L joint Closing element Steel suspension


wire kit
35067.__ h=2000mm
External L joint

35068.__ 35080.__ 35074.__

Right T joint Track cover Ceiling mounting


L=1000mm kit
35072.__
Left T joint

35073.__ 35079.__ 35081.00

Linear joint with


contacts
35075.__
Linear joint
without contacts
35076.__

20 ARCHITECTURAL PROGRAMME
Architectural
Hermes Series

12-03
Lumec-Schréder Inc.
800, Curé-Boivin
Boisbriand (Quebec)
Canada J7G 2A7
Tel. : (450) 979-2747
Fax : (450) 979-2749
www.lumecschreder.com

Dimensions Hermes Series


1. Housing in cast aluminum, painted and textured
finish.

2. Sealsafe optical assembly closed by thermally


hardened curved glass (IP66). The ballast tray is
incorporated under the optical assembly.

3. Reflector wing in smooth white-painted


aluminum. The wing can be symetrical or
asymmetrical.

4. Stainless steel rods.

Weight: 66 lbs (30 kg) Weight: 59 lbs (27 kg) 2.


3.
EPA: 1.87 sq.ft. (0.174 m2) EPA: 1.32 sq.ft. (0.123 m2)
4.

1.

Specification Fields Specify the


COLTX Standard
color
textured
39 MHT6 mounting height SCTX Special
70 MHT6 between 15 to 25 Color
150 MHT6 feet. textured

Luminaire Lamp Optic Voltage Pole Mtg. H. Finish


HER 150MHT6 SYM 120 ATR 25 COLTX

ASYM 120 ATR Aluminum tapered pole


SYM 208 STR Steel tapered pole
240 APR8 Aluminum round pole
277 SPR8 Steel round pole
347 AD8 Decorative multi-disc aluminum pole
APR8/SPR8

ATR/STR
AD8

Genlyte Thomas Group LLC


Registered Lumec-Schréder Inc. - Printed in Canada Lumec-Schréder reserves the right to substitute material or change the manufacturing process of its products without prior notification. 12-03
TYPE: CATALOG#:

DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATION FEATURES

A high wattage 4" diameter B ...T r i m R i n g H ...B a l l a s t


downlight for use with metal High impact polymer with satin Thermally protected, Class A
halide T6 lamps. (70W max.) The white finish or self flanged electronic ballast provides full
smooth beam and wide spacing reflector. light output and rated lamp life.
out performs PAR20 and ED17 Provides noise free operation and
lamps in downlight applications. C ...H o u s i n g
starting. Offers excellent line
The precisely formed non Precision die cast aluminum 1 1/2 voltage regulation (+/- 0.5%
imaging reflector ensures 45° (38mm) deep collar. Steel housing output variation with +/- 10%
cutoff to lamp and lamp image. is painted optical matte black. changes in line voltage) resulting
The housing system supports Reflector/ wallwash trims are in increased color stability and
interchangeable optics with a keyed to prevent mis-aiming of flicker free operation. Extended
lensed wall wash trim. unit after relamping. brown-out survival eliminates
D ...C o n d u i t F i t t i n g s most lamp drop-outs caused by
SPECIFICATION FEATURES short term sags of input voltage.
Die-cast screw tight connectors.
Ballast is warrantied against
M4xxT6E 4950
A ...R e f l e c t o r E ...U n i v e r s a l M o u n t i n g defects in material and
Two piece reflector system Bracket workmanship for three years from
consists of a lower non imaging Accepts 1/2" EMT, C channel, T the date of shipment.
parabolic reflector, 0.050" spun 3 9 - 7 0 W
bar fasteners, and bar hangers
aluminum available in low I ...I n s u l a t i o n D e t e c t o r T6
(See Accessories). Provides 5"
iridescent clear, haze, straw, total vertical adjustment. Self-resetting insulation detector
Electronic Metal Halide
wheat, and specular black Alzak opens circuit if insulation is
finishes. Upper elliptical reflector, F ...J u n c t i o n Box improperly installed.
0.050" spun aluminum, is always Galvanized with (6) 1/2” and 4” MEDIUM BEAM
Labels
specular clear for maximum light (2) 3/4” KOs. Listed for twelve REFLECTOR
#12AWG (six in, six out) 90°C U.L. listed, C.S.A. certified, wet
delivery. The focal point is within
conductors and feed through location, IBEW union made.
the lower reflector. Soft focus lens
eliminates beam striations for a branch wiring. Options & Accessories
smooth beam and is captive G ...S o c k e t TRM=Metal Trim Rings to replace
during relamping. Positive polymer trim ring
4kV rated G12 Bi Pin socket. ENERGY DATA
reflector mounting via two torsion TRR=Rimless Trim Rings for
springs pulls trim tight to ceiling. minimal flange appearance in Lamp: 39W MH
plaster ceilings Input Watts: 120V-44W, 277V-46W
Max Current” 120V 0.37A, 277V-0.17A
Power Factor:>95%
T.H.D.:<10%
Min Starting Temperature: 5°F (-15°C)
Sound Rating: A

D Lamp: 70W MH
Input Watts: 120V-78W, 277V-79W
Max Current” 120V 0.67A, 277V-0.29A
Top View Power Factor:>95%
T.H.D.:<10%
Min Starting Temperature: 5°F (-15°C)
G Sound Rating: A
C F
H 14 7/16"
[366 mm]

9 11/16"
[246mm]

16 1/16"
[408 mm]
E A
I

NOTES: Accessories should be ordered


separately.
4 1/2" [114 mm]
For additional options please consult
B 5 1/8" [130 mm]
your Cooper Lighting Representative.
5 3/4" [146 mm] Alzak is a registered trademark of
Aluminum Company of America.

ORDERING INFORMATION: Complete unit consists of housing, ballast and trim.

Housing Ballast Trims Finish Options Accessories

M439T6=4" 39W T6 Metal Halide 1E=120V 50/60 Hz Electronic 4950=Reflector, Polymer Trim Ll=Low Iridescent WF=White HB26=C Channel Bar Hanger,
M439T6CP=4" 39W T6 Metal 2E=277V 50/60 Hz Electronic Ring, White Clear Painted 26" Long, Pair
Halide, Chicago Plenum 4951=Reflector, Self Flanged H=Haze Flange (Self HB50=C Channel Bar Hanger,
M470T6=4" 70W T6 Metal Halide S=Straw Flanged 50" Long, Pair
M470T6CP=4" 70W T6 Metal WH=Wheat only) RMB22=Wood Joist Bar Hanger,
Halide, Chicago Plenum WMH=Warm Haze 22" Long, Pair
B=Black HSA4=Slope Adapter for 4"
W=White Aperture Housings, Specify Slope
TRM4=Metal Trim Ring, Specify
Finish
TRR4=Rimless Trim Ring, White
FK=Field Installed Fuse Kit, Specify
Amperage
COOPER LIGHTING ADP030526
M4T6xxE 4950

PHOTOMETRICS

Average
Candlepower Distribution Candlepower Luminance Cone of Light
Deg. CD Deg. CD/SQ M Distance to Initial Nadir Beam
Test No. H39130 Illuminated Plane Footcandles Diameter
0 2493 45 54835
M4T6-4950LI 5 2233 55 8832
510 Lamp=CDM70/T6/ 15 1814 65 5071
830 5'6" 82 6'0"
25 2313 75 3764
Lumens=6200 6'6" 59 7'0"
1020 35 2113 85 2236
Spacing Criteria=1.1 45 398 8'0" 39 9'0"
Efficiency=55.3% 10'0" 25 11'0"
1530 55 52
65 22 12'0" 17 13'0"
75 10 14'0" 13 15'6"
2040 Beam diameter is to 50% of maximum footcandles, rounded
85 2
to the nearest half-foot.
90 0
2550 Footcandle values are initial, apply appropriate light loss
factors where necessary.
Finish Multiplier: Straw=0.90
Haze=0.95 Wheat=0.90
Black=0.70

Zonal Lumen Summary Coefficient of Utilization


Zone Lumens %Lamp %Luminaire rc 80% 70% 50% 30% 10% 0%
0-30 1804 29.1 52.7 rw 70 50 30 10 50 30 10 50 10 50 10 50 10 0
0-40 3024 48.8 88.3 RCR
0-60 3391 54.7 99.0 0 66 66 66 66 64 64 64 61 61 59 59 56 56 55
0-90 3426 55.3 100.0 1 62 61 59 58 59 58 57 57 55 55 53 53 52 51
90-180 0 0.0 0.0 2 59 56 53 51 55 53 51 53 49 51 48 50 47 46
0-180 3426 55.3 100.0 3 55 51 48 46 51 48 45 49 45 48 44 46 43 42
4 52 47 44 41 47 43 41 45 40 44 40 43 39 39
5 49 44 40 37 43 40 37 42 37 41 36 40 36 35
6 46 40 37 34 40 36 34 39 34 38 33 37 33 32
7 43 37 34 31 37 33 31 36 31 35 30 35 30 29
8 41 35 31 28 34 31 28 34 28 33 28 32 28 27
9 38 32 29 26 32 28 26 31 26 31 26 30 26 25
10 36 30 26 24 30 26 24 29 24 29 24 28 24 23
rc=Ceiling reflectance, rw=Wall reflectance, RCR=Room cavity ratio
CU Data Based on 20% Effective Floor Cavity Reflectance.

Note: Specifications and Dimensions subject to change without notice.

Visit our website at www.cooperlighting.com


Customer First Center 1121 Highway 74 South Peachtree City, GA 30269 770.486.4800 FAX 770 468.4801 ADP030526
Cooper Lighting 5925 McLaughlin Rd. Mississauga, Ontario, Canada L5R 1B8 905.507.4000 FAX 905.568.7049
Type
Job Name
Catalog Number

4"
Linear »
MINI OLYMPIC
1 5/8"

5 1/2"

6"
6 7/8"

D1 D9

ordering
lamp nominal ceiling
series/rows length shielding color/finish distribution circuiting voltage mounting system options
M-OLY-
1T8 04' SPL* silver TMW* textured D1 direct SC single 120 CA48"* aircraft X1* exposed EML
para- matte circuit cable T-bar
2T8 08' bolic white D9 semi- 277 (adjustable) EMH
louver direct DC* dual X3 hard
1T5 R__* YGW gloss (89/11) circuit 347* CA96" aircraft ceiling DM
2T5 PRA prism- white (in-line) *T8 only cable
*row atic & T5HO (adjustable) X6 slot grid RSE *
length
1T5HO acrylic Y__ premium *2 lamp only only 10THD*
lens color CA144" aircraft *standard
2T5HO cable B__
CC custom (adjustable)
*standard color FH
SSC__ top-swivel
CCA clear stem mount BSH**
commercial (specify length
anodized *T8 only
in inches) **stem-
GLV galvanized mounting
SUR surface only
mount
*standard
*standard

Applications Classrooms, conference rooms, libraries, offices, retail.

Features A compact linear direct or semi-direct lighting system. Aluminum


semi-specular parabolic louver is 1 1/2" high, 2 3/8" on center and provides
a 34° longitudinal shielding. Optional slotted top housing offers a semi-
direct distribution for illuminating ceilings when stem- or cable-hung. Finish Electrical T8 fixtures have instant-start electronic ballasts with less than
plates can be removed for continuous-row installation. Fixtures are aligned 20% THD. T5/HO fixtures have programmed-start electronic ballasts with
and secured together by bolting through alignment holes in end plates. less than 10%THD. Fixtures are U.L. Damp labeled and I.B.E.W.
manufactured. Maximum ballast size available: 2 3/8" width x 1 1/2" height.
Construction The housing, available in 4- or 8-foot standard lengths, is
formed of 20-gauge steel. Finish plates are 18-gauge steel. Mounting Fixture is surface-mounted or suspended with aircraft
cables or stems.
Finish The standard exterior body color is textured matte white
(TMW) or optional gloss white (YGW) using polyester powder paint. Options EML: emergency battery (T8=600-700 lumens, T5/HO=600-
Refer to ordering matrix for optional metal finishes or refer to 700 lumens); EMH: emergency battery (T8=1100-1400 lumens,
Defining Section for optional paint colors. Finish plates, canopies T5/HO=1100-1400 lumens); DM: dimming (consult factory); RSE:
and stems are painted black when CCA finish specified; all others rapid-start electronic (T8 only); 10THD: ballast with <10% total har-
match body color unless otherwise specified. Galvanized fixtures monic distortion (T8 only); B_: specific ballast, specify manufacturer
come with galvanized canopies and pewter stems when stem and catalog number (consult factory); FH: fixture fusing (slow blow);
mounting specified, unless other finish specified. BSH: longitudinal body sway hanger (stem-mounting only).

01
Prudential Lighting phone 213.746.0360 fax 213.741.8590 www.prulite.com 20
MINI OLYMPIC » Linear

photometric data
M-OLYP-2T8-04-SPL-CCA-D1 Candlepower Summary
Report # LSIı9ı84 D= ı00% I=0.0% Vertical Ho r i z o n t a l A n g l e Output
Spacing Criteria: Along ı.2; Across ı.4 Angle 0° 22.5° 45° 67.5° 90° Lumens
Lamp Lumens: 2950 Input Watts: 57
0 1311 1311 1311 1311 1311
1400 5 1311 1301 1307 1317 1321 127
150°
10 1280 1278 1311 1348 1360
1050 15 1234 1246 1308 1363 1384 368
20 1179 1210 1286 1354 1383
120° 25 1114 1162 1244 1322 1363 570
700
30 1039 1099 1181 1247 1285
35 953 1018 1087 1122 1165 667
350 40 852 917 954 982 1042
45 738 791 793 813 838 603
90° 50 605 639 608 541 518
55 428 445 392 283 252 330
350 60 219 225 192 143 148
65 89 88 80 89 100 96
700 70 41 38 34 51 65
60° 75 22 19 16 22 31 24
80 11 9 8 9 11
1050
85 4 3 3 3 4 4
30° 90 0 0 0 0 0
1400

Zonal Lumen Summary Coefficients of Utilization (%)


Zone % Lamp % Luminaire Floor effective floor cavity reflectance = .20
0-90 47.28 100.00 Ceiling 80 70 50
Wall 70 50 30 10 70 50 30 10 50 30 10
90-180 0.00 0.00
RCR 0 56 56 56 56 55 55 55 55 53 53 53
Efficiency = 47.3%
1 53 51 50 49 52 50 49 48 48 47 46
2 50 47 44 42 49 46 44 42 44 43 41
Luminance Summary (cd/m2) 3 46 42 40 37 45 42 39 37 41 38 36
4 43 39 35 33 42 38 35 33 37 34 32
Angle 0° 45° 90°
5 40 35 31 29 39 34 31 29 33 31 28
45 6162 6646 7017 6 37 32 28 26 36 31 28 26 31 28 25
55 4404 4052 2601 7 34 29 25 23 34 28 25 23 28 25 22
65 1239 1127 1397 8 32 26 22 20 31 26 22 20 25 22 20
75 501 368 707 9 29 23 20 17 29 23 20 17 23 19 17
85 255 189 260 10 27 21 18 15 27 21 18 15 21 17 15

installation Suspension (xı) Suspension (x3)


Adjoining Detail 3" octagonal box
I.D.S. clip 3" octagonal box or 4" square box
(not included) with plaster ring
T-bar (not included)

slip ring slip ring


1 1
/4" - 20 coupling /2" - 20 coupling
canopy canopy
1 1
/16" dia. cable 2" dia. non-feed /16" dia. cable 5 1/2" dia. non-feed
1 1
5 /2" dia. w/feed 5 /2" dia. w/feed
adjustable hanger adjustable hanger

luminaire luminaire

Mounting Locations
Cable mount x = 1/4"
Cable/cord mount x = 1/4" Indicates installation position(s) when installing
Stem mount x = 1 1/2" continuous rows.
Surface mount y = 5"
x (Finish plates not shown) x 48" or 96"
In an effort to continually provide the highest quality
products, Prudential reserves the right to change
design specifications and/or materials, without notice.
y y y

Note: When connecting two or more fixtures in a row, mounting assemblies are required on both ends of the first
fixture, with only one mounting assembly required on each additional fixture.

01
20 Prudential Lighting 1737 E. 22nd St. Los Angeles, CA 90058 phone 213.746.0360 fax 213.741.8590 www.prulite.com
Linear »
MINI OLYMPIC
classroom application stack lighting application
30' x 30' x 10' Classroom Layout 10' x 20' x 9' Room Dimensions

Reflectances used: 80/50/20 Reflectances used: 80/50/20


Average Illuminance/Horizontal Grid (30" A.F.F.) 16' x 7' Stack Dimensions

12"

2T8 2T5HO

6' 72.3 91.7

5' 56.2 75.8


24' 30' 9'
4' 39.1 53.4

3' 28.3 38.1

2' 21.6 29.3

1' 17.3 23.6

8' 14' 8' 3'


30'

y 16' Single Fixture – M-OLYP-2T8-04'-SPL-D9 Vertical Footcandles


Overall Suspension Average Illuminance Max FC FC’s 1' A.F.F.
Luminaire ceiling to center of lamp maintained (LLF = .74)
10'
Work Plane 12" 35.2 FC 72.3 17.3
2' 6"

2 Rows on 14' Centers – M-OLYP-2T8-SPL-CCA-D1 16' Single Fixture – M-OLYP-2T5HO-04'-SPL-D9 Vertical Footcandles
Overall Suspension Average Illuminance North Wall Ceiling Watts/ Overall Suspension Average Illuminance Max FC FC’s 1' A.F.F.
ceiling to center of lamp maintained (LLF = .74) Average Uniformity Square Foot ceiling to center of lamp maintained (LLF = .85)
maintained between fixtures
12" 46.2 FC 91.7 23.6
12" 34.9 FC 6.8 FC 1.5 .76
18" 35.8 FC 6.3 FC 1.5 .76
24" 36.3 FC 5.9 FC 1.2 .76

2 Rows on 14' Centers – M-OLYP-1T5HO-SPL-CCA-D9


Overall Suspension Average Illuminance North Wall Ceiling Watts/
ceiling to center of lamp maintained (LLF = .85) Average Uniformity Square Foot
maintained between fixtures

12" 38.9 FC 9.6 FC 1.7 .72


18" 39.6 FC 9.2 FC 1.7 .72
24" 40.5 FC 8.8 FC 1.7 .72

01
Prudential Lighting phone 213.746.0360 fax 213.741.8590 www.prulite.com 20
MINI OLYMPIC » Linear

01
20 Prudential Lighting 1737 E. 22nd St. Los Angeles, CA 90058 phone 213.746.0360 fax 213.741.8590 www.prulite.com
i COLOR COVE MX POWERCORE ®

iColor® Cove MX Powercore is the highest-intensity member of the Color Kinetics® iColor Cove®
family of intelligent color changing cove lights, offering more than double the intensity of any other
model in the line. This high-performance 12 inch (30.5 cm) cove light features patent-pending
Powercore™ technology for greater operational efficiency and simplified installation.
iColor Cove MX Powercore utilizes the patent-pending Powercore technology, a digital power
processing technology to drive LED systems, integrating power and data management directly into the
fixture and eliminating the need for an external power supply. Powercore surpasses traditional power
supply technology by streamlining multiple conversion and regulation stages into a single, flexible,
microprocessor-controlled power stage that controls power output to LED systems directly from line
voltage and significantly increases overall system efficiency. Built-in active power factor correction
(PFC) yields higher system efficiencies and minimizes stress on building wiring, making the installation
and system more cost effective.
iColor Cove MX Powercore meets specifications for dry locations. The integral, two-point mounting
bracket simplifies installation and minimizes required tools, and permits 180 degrees of rotation, with
detents every 10 degrees. The end-to-end locking connectors, capable of making 180º turns, make
iColor Cove MX Powercore extremely versatile and easily adaptable for even the most challenging
mounting requirements. An optional mounting track is available for linear runs.
iColor Cove MX Powercore receives data via Color Kinetics' Data Enabler—a data formatting
device that accepts DMX or Color Kinetics Light System Manager (LSM) Ethernet protocol. Each Data
Enabler can support to 60 fixtures at 120VAC, 90 fixtures at 220VAC or 95 fixtures 240VAC for
a single run, end-to-end installation. The 30-foot (9 m) leader cable is field-cuttable and a one-foot
(30 cm) jumper cable is available for installations that require spacing between units. iColor Cove
MX Powercore can be controlled by Color Kinetics' line of controllers, including Color Kinetics Light
System Manager, or a third-party DMX controller.

i C O L O R C O V E M X P O W E R C O R E S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
COLOR RANGE 16.7 million (24bit) additive RGB colors; continuously variable intensity
SOURCE High intensity LEDs
BEAM ANGLE 60º x 60º
HOUSING Die cast aluminum, powder coated.
12” x 1.65” x 1.54” (30 cm x 4.2 cm x 3.9 cm)
CONNECTORS Integral male/female connectors
LISTINGS C-UL US listed, CE certified
C O M M U N I C AT I O N S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
DATA INTERFACE Color Kinetics Data Enabler
CONTROL Color Kinetics full line of controllers including Light System Manager or
other DMX512 (RS485) sources
E L E C T R I C A L S P E C I F I C AT I O N S

POWER REQUIREMENT 100-240VAC, 50-60 Hz


POWER CONSUMPTION 12W at full output
DRY POWER FACTOR 0.95 or greater at 120VAC
LEADER CABLE 30-ft (9m) iColor Cove MX Leader Cable Item# 108-000021 (30-ft)
JUMPER CABLE 1-ft (0.3m) iColor Cove MX Jumper Cable Item# 108-000022-00 (1-ft)
E N V I R O N M E N TA L S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
TEMPERATURE RANGE -4˚F to 122˚F ( -20˚C to 50˚C) based on testing of specific product
ITEM# 123-000004-00

This product is protected by one or more of the SOURCE LIFE


following patents: U.S. Patent Nos. 6,016,038, Color Kinetics illumination products utilize high brightness LEDs as the illumination source. LED manufacturers
6,150,774 and other patents listed at
http://colorkinetics.com/patents/.
predict LED life of up to 100,000 hours MTBF (mean time between failure), the standard used by conventional lamp
Other patents pending. manufacturers to measure source life. However, like all basic light sources, LEDs also experience lumen depreciation
©2005 Color Kinetics Incorporated. All rights reserved.
over time. So while LEDs can emit light for an extremely long period of time, MTBF is not the only consideration
Chromacore, Chromasic, Color Kinetics, the Color Kinetics in determining useful life. LED lumen depreciation is affected by numerous environmental conditions such as
logo, ColorBlast, ColorBlaze, ColorBurst, ColorCast, ColorPlay, ambient temperature, humidity and ventilation. Lumen depreciation is also affected by means of control, thermal
ColorScape, Direct Light, iColor, iColor Cove, iPlayer, Optibin,
QuickPlay, Sauce, the Sauce logo, and Smartjuice are registered management, current levels, and a host of other electrical design considerations.
trademarks and DIMand, IntelliWhite, Powercore, and Video With
Light are trademarks of Color Kinetics Incorporated. Color Kinetics systems are expertly engineered to optimize LED life when used under normal operating conditions
[ambient temperature: -4˚F to 104˚F (-20˚C to 40˚C), humidity: 0-95% non-condensing humidity, adequate
All other brand or product names are trademarks
or registered trademarks of their respective owners. ventilation and air volume] and when operated using typical color-changing effects. Long-term operation outside of
these ranges or conditions, or at the upper limits of these ranges or conditions, may subject the product to further
BRO143 Rev 01
degradation of the LED source life, or in extreme cases, failure of internal components. Source life information is
Specifications subject to change without notice. based on LED manufacturers‘ data, as well as other third party testing.

Color Kinetics Incorporated • 10 Milk Street, Suite 1100 • Boston, MA 02108 • USA
Tel 888 FULL RGB • Tel 617 423 9999 • Fax 617 423 9998 • info@colorkinetics.com • www.colorkinetics.com
i COLOR COVE MX POWERCORE
photometric performance

Photometric data is based on test results from an independent testing lab.


SOURCE SPECIFICATIONS

Optics: Soft-focus polycarbonate lens


Source: 18 LEDs (6 Red, 6 Green, 6 Blue)
Beam Angle: 60° x 60° (at 50% of peak illuminance)
Distribution: Symmetric direct illumination
CCT: Adjustable 1,000–10,000K
CRI: Not measurable (CIE 13.3-1995)

ILLUMINANCE DISTRIBUTION CANDLE POWER DISTRIBUTION

60º 60º
0.3 0.6 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.3
3.0’/1.0m 0
3.2 6.5 8.6 6.5 4.3 3.2
0.6 3.1 5.5 3.5 0.9 0.4 End view Side view
6.5 33.4 59.2 37.7 9.7 4.3
0.8 5.5 12.0 10.1 3.5 0.6
8.6 59.2 129.2 108.7 37.7 6.5
0’/0m
0.6 3.5 10.1 12.0 5.5 0.8
6.5 37.7 108.7 129.2 59.2 8.6 -90 90
20 41 61 81
0.4 0.9 3.5 5.5 3.1 0.6 Measured on: White
Beam center: 81 cd
4.3 9.7 37.7 59.2 33.4 6.5 Thin dashed lined: Indicates 50% of peak
0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8 0.6 0.3 Multipliers: 0.44 Red, 0.43 Green, 0.13 Blue
3.0’/1.0m
2.2 4.3 6.5 8.6 6.5 3.1
3.0’/1.0m 0’/0m 3.0’/1.0m
Units: Footcandles (top)/Lux (bottom)
Location: Centered 1’/0.3m from, and perpendicular to, surface
Multipliers: 0.44 Red, 0.43 Green, 0.13 Blue
Measured on white, reflectance model: 50%

ILLUMINANCE LIGHT OUTPUT

3’ 6’ 9’ 15’
DISTANCE COLOR TOTAL OUTPUT POWER EFFICACY
1m 2m 3m 5m
(LUMENS) (WATTS) (lm/W)
8.1 2.1 1.0 0.3
WHITE
87.2 22.6 10.8 3.2 WHITE 102 18.4 5.5

3.6 0.9 0.4 0.1 RED 44.9 17.5 2.6


RED
38.4 9.9 4.7 1.4
GREEN 43.9 17.5 2.5
3.5 0.9 0.4 0.1
GREEN
37.4 9.7 4.7 1.4 BLUE 13.3 17.9 0.7

1.1 0.3 0.1 0.0


BLUE
11.3 2.9 1.4 0.4

Measured in Footcandles (top)/Lux (bottom) on axis.


Measured on white, reflectance 0

Color Kinetics Incorporated • 10 Milk Street, Suite 1100 • Boston, MA 02108 • USA
Tel 888 FULL RGB • Tel 617 423 9999 • Fax 617 423 9998 • info@colorkinetics.com • www.colorkinetics.com
i COLOR COVE MX POWERCORE
physical dimensions

LENS
PIVOTS
+/- 90º
FIXTURE BODY

INTEGRATED PIVOT

MOUNTING BASE

12.00”
1.53” DIA. (30 cm)
(3.8 cm)
1.65”
(4.2 cm)

END SIDE

9.05”
(23 cm) 0.77”
(2 cm)
1.54”
(3.9 cm)

BOTTOM

OPTIONAL MOUNTING TRACK


4.00’
0.45”
(1.2 m)
(1.1 cm)

END SIDE

1.26”
(3.2 cm)

TOP

iColor Cove MX Powercore


S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
DATA/POWER CONNECTOR Over-molded cable assembly
POWER REQUIREMENT 100-240VAC
WEIGHT 0.8 lbs (0.36 kg)

Color Kinetics Incorporated • 10 Milk Street, Suite 1100 • Boston, MA 02108 • USA
Tel 888 FULL RGB • Tel 617 423 9999 • Fax 617 423 9998 • info@colorkinetics.com • www.colorkinetics.com
i COLOR COVE MX POWERCORE
functional flow diagram

End-to-End Connection
Maximum lights per Data Enabler: 60 (120VAC), 90 (220VAC) or 95 (240VAC)
To calculate the number of fixtures per Data Enabler for your installation,
refer to the Fixture Calculation Calculator located at
www.colorkinetics.com/support/install_tool

40-foot (12m) Leader Cable

100-240VAC
DMX OUT* DMX/Ethernet IN
Controller
(CA
(CAT5) (CAT5/CA
(CAT5/CA
T5/CAT5e,
T5e, RJ45)
*DMX Out is not
available for Ethernet

U.S.
LINE - BLACK From Power Source To Lights
NEUTRAL - WHITE D
GROUND - GREEN/YELLOW L L
DATA - RED N N
EUROPE/PSE G G
LINE - BROWN
NEUTRAL - BLUE
GROUND - GREEN/YELLOW
DATA - RED DMX OUT* DMX/ETHERNET IN

*Not Available For Ethernet

For complete installation instructions and safety precautions, refer


to the iColor Cove MX Powercore User Guide and wiring diagrams
located at www.colorkinetics.com/support.

Additional Items
Data Device Data Enabler (ITEM# 106-000003)
Controller Any Color Kinetics controller or DMX512 compatible controller
Cable Leader Cable (ITEM# 108-000021-00, US; 108-000021-02, EU)
Address Unit Serial Addressing Software (SAS) or Zapi (ITEM# 103-000005-00/01)

U.S. AND FOREIGN PATENTS AND PATENTS PENDING

OPTIBIN®
There are inherent variations in the fabrication processes of all semiconductor materials. For LEDs, this variance results in differences in the color and intensity of light
output as well as electrical characteristics. Due to these differences, LED manufacturers sort production into “bins,” but insuring the availability of a single bin is very diffi-
cult. To minimize this issue and achieve optimal color consistency in its products, Color Kinetics has developed and uses a proprietary technology called Optibin. Optibin
is an advanced production binning optimization process that minimizes the effects of LED variance for the best possible output uniformity in the final product. Color
Kinetics Optibin technology gives the most consistent control of color and intensity from product to product.
Color Kinetics Incorporated • 10 Milk Street, Suite 1100 • Boston, MA 02108 • USA
Tel 888 FULL RGB • Tel 617 423 9999 • Fax 617 423 9998 • info@colorkinetics.com • www.colorkinetics.com
DATA ENABLER ®

Color Kinetics® Data Enabler is a data formatting device specifically designed for Color Kinetics
fixtures which feature Powercore™ digital power processing technology. Data Enabler’s data
drivers condition data supplied from Ethernet or DMX512 controllers, including Color Kinetics full
line of controllers, to a format compatible with the fixtures. The integration of power and data
simplifies wiring installations, and the selection of control configurations expands the versatility of the
applications.
Data Enabler automatically accommodates a universal supply voltage ranging from 100 to 240 volts
AC, 50/60 Hz where the maximum connected load does not exceed 20 Amps. The input and output
line voltage connections are made to terminal blocks. Data Enabler is available for either DMX, for
use with Color Kinetics controllers or third-party DMX512 controllers; or Ethernet, for use with Color
Kinetics Light System Manager. All data connections are made using the input RJ45 terminal. For
DMX applications, data can be daisy chained between multiple Data Enablers using the output RJ45
terminal.
Data Enabler is housed in a compact NEMA 4 (IP66) enclosure designed for use in wet locations
and complies with National Electrical Code (NEC) requirements. Each Data Enabler features multiple
conduit entries sized for 3/4-inch NPT 59/64” conduit.

F E AT U R E S
• Economical
• Compact size
• Ease of installation
• Ethernet/DMX ready
• Wet/damp NEMA 4 housing
• Choice of intelligent data drivers
DRY
D ATA E N A B L E R S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
WET & DAMP
POWER INPUT 100-240VAC, 50-60 Hz
Max. connected load should not exceed 20 Amps
INTERNAL LOAD 10 Watts
HEAT DISSIPATION 10 Watts Max.

ITEM# 106-000003-04 (DMX)


AMBIENT OPERATING TEMP -4ºF to 122ºF (-20ºC to 50ºC)
106-000003-05 (Ethernet)
HOUSING NEMA 4 enclosure: 9.7” (24.6 cm) X 3.5 ” (8.9 cm) X 3.2” (8.1 cm)
This product is protected by one or more of the following patents:
U.S. Patent Nos. 6,016,038, 6,150,774 and other patents listed at
http://colorkinetics.com/patents/. Other patents pending. CONNECTORS Power In: 3-wire terminal block connector
©2004-2005 Color Kinetics Incorporated. All rights reserved.
Power/Data Out: 4-wire terminal block connector
Chromacore, Chromasic, Color Kinetics, the Color Kinetics
logo, ColorBlast, ColorBlaze, ColorBurst, ColorCast, ColorPlay, DATA INPUT INTERFACE ETHERNET: Color Kinetics Light System Manager Ethernet
ColorScape, Direct Light, iColor, iColor Cove, iPlayer, Optibin,
QuickPlay, Sauce, the Sauce logo, and Smartjuice are registered DMX: Color Kinetics DMX controllers or DMX512 compatible
trademarks and DIMand, IntelliWhite, Powercore, and Video With
Light are trademarks of Color Kinetics Incorporated. PROTECTION RATING IP66
All other brand or product names are trademarks LISTINGS C-UL US listed, CE listed
or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

BRO133 Rev 02
U.S. AND FOREIGN PATENTS AND PATENTS PENDING
Specifications subject to change without notice.

Color Kinetics Incorporated • 10 Milk Street, Suite 1100 • Boston, MA 02108 • USA
Tel 888 FULL RGB • Tel 617 423 9999 • Fax 617 423 9998 • info@colorkinetics.com • www.colorkinetics.com
data enabler
physical dimensions

OVERALL DIMENSIONS

9.7"
(24.6 cm)

3.5"
(8.9 cm)

3.3"
(8.4 cm)
2" Ø0.75
(5 cm) (1.9 cm)
NPT
59/64"

MOUNTING DIMENSIONS
9.25"
(23.5 cm)
Mounting Slots

Data Output
Data Input (Not available on
Ethernet version) 0.8"
1.75" (2 cm)
(4.4 cm) Power Input
Power/Data Ø0.22"
Output 0.5"
(0.6 cm) (1.3 cm)
Ø0.22"
(0.6 cm)

D ATA E N A B L E R
ITEM# 106-000003-04/05
DATA CONNECTOR Input and output: RJ45
OUTPUT CONNECTOR 4-pin terminal block
SUPPLY CONNECTOR 3-pin terminal block
WEIGHT Approx. 2.5 lbs. (2 kg)

Color Kinetics Incorporated • 10 Milk Street, Suite 1100 • Boston, MA 02108 • USA
Tel 888 FULL RGB • Tel 617 423 9999 • Fax 617 423 9998 • info@colorkinetics.com • www.colorkinetics.com
data enabler
functional flow diagram

DMX DATA
DMX
Controller

DMX IN
To Lights (CA
(CAT5/RJ45)

DMX IN

DMX OUT

DMX IN

DMX OUT

100-240V
100-240VAC DMX OUT
(CA
(CAT5/RJ45)
To Lights
DMX IN

Data Enabler
(DMX)
DMX IN

DMX OUT

Terminator

100-240V
100-240VAC

For complete installation instructions and safety precautions,


refer to the Data Enabler User Guide and wiring diagrams
located at www.colorkinetics.com/support

Color Kinetics Incorporated • 10 Milk Street, Suite 1100 • Boston, MA 02108 • USA
Tel 888 FULL RGB • Tel 617 423 9999 • Fax 617 423 9998 • info@colorkinetics.com • www.colorkinetics.com
data enabler
functional flow diagram

ETHERNET DATA

Light
System PC*
Engine

Ethernet
Switch

Ethernet IN Ethernet IN
Ethernet IN
(CA
(CAT5e/RJ45) (CA
(CAT5e/RJ45)
To Lights (CA
(CAT5e/RJ45)
To Lights

ETHERNET IN ETHERNET IN ETHERNET IN

100-240V
100-240VAC 100-240V
100-240VAC 100-240V
100-240VAC
Data Enabler Data Enabler Data Enabler
(Ethernet) (Ethernet) (Ethernet)
* PC used for show authoring and show control.

For complete installation instructions and safety precautions,


refer to the Data Enabler User Guide and wiring diagrams
located at www.colorkinetics.com/support

Color Kinetics Incorporated • 10 Milk Street, Suite 1100 • Boston, MA 02108 • USA
Tel 888 FULL RGB • Tel 617 423 9999 • Fax 617 423 9998 • info@colorkinetics.com • www.colorkinetics.com
ICN-2S24@277V
Brand Name CENTIUM T5
Ballast Type Electronic
Starting Method Programmed Start
Lamp Connection Series
Electrical Specifications Input Voltage 277
Input Frequency 50/60 HZ
Status Active

Lamp Type Num. Rated Min. Start Input Input Ballast MAX Power MAX Lamp B.E.F.
of Lamp Watts Temp (°F/C) Current Power Factor THD Factor Current
Lamps (Amps) (ANSI Watts) % Crest Factor
F24T5/HO 1 0 0/-18 0.10 27 1.02 10 0.98 1.7 3.78
* F24T5/HO 2 0 0/-18 0.19 52 1.00 10 0.98 1.7 1.92
F39T5/HO 1 39 0/-18 0.15 40 0.90 10 0.98 1.7 2.25
FC12T5 1 40 0/-18 0.15 40 0.84 10 0.98 1.7 2.10
FC9T5 1 22 0/-18 0.10 27 1.02 10 0.98 1.7 3.78
FC9T5 2 22 0/-18 0.19 52 1.00 10 0.98 1.7 1.92
FT24W/2G11 1 24 0/-18 0.10 27 1.02 10 0.98 1.7 3.78
FT24W/2G11 2 24 0/-18 0.19 52 1.00 10 0.98 1.7 1.92
FT36W/2G11 1 36 0/-18 0.13 34 0.90 10 0.98 1.7 2.65
FT40W/2G11/RS 1 40 0/-18 0.17 47 1.00 10 0.98 1.7 2.13

Wiring Diagram Enclosure

The wiring diagram that appears above is for


the lamp type denoted by the asterisk (*)
Enclosure Dimensions
OverAll (L) Width (W) Height (H) Mounting (M)
Standard Lead Length (inches)
16.70 " 1.18 " 1.00 " 16.34 "
in. cm. in. cm. 16 7/10 1 9/50 1 16 17/50
Black 0 0 Yellow/Blue 0 0 42.4 cm 3 cm 2.5 cm 41.5 cm
White 0 0 Blue/White 0 0
Blue 0 0 Brown 0 0
Red 0 0 Orange 0 0
Yellow 0 0 Orange/Black 0 0
Gray 0 0 Black/White 0 0
Violet 0 0 Red/White 0 0

Revised 09/01/2004

Data is based upon tests performed by Advance Transformer in a controlled environment and representative of relative performance. Actual performance
can vary depending on operating conditions. Specifications are subject to change without notice. All specifications are nominal unless otherwise noted.

ADVANCE TRANSFORMER CO.


O'HARE INTERNATIONAL CENTER · 10275 WEST HIGGINS ROAD · ROSEMONT, IL 60018
Customer Support/Technical Service: Phone: 800-372-3331 · Fax: 630-307-3071
Corporate Offices: Phone: 800-322-2086
ICN-2S24@277V
Brand Name CENTIUM T5
Ballast Type Electronic
Starting Method Programmed Start
Lamp Connection Series
Electrical Specifications Input Voltage 277
Input Frequency 50/60 HZ
Notes: Status Active
Section I - Physical Characteristics
1.1 Ballast shall be physically interchangeable with standard electromagnetic or standard electronic ballasts, where applicable.
1.2 Ballast shall be provided with integral leads color-coded per ANSI C82.11.

Section II - Performance Requirements


2.1 Ballast shall be Programmed Start.
2.2 Ballast shall contain auto restart circuitry in order to restart lamps without resetting power.
2.3 Ballast shall operate from 50/60 Hz input source of ___________________ (120V through 277V or 347V through 480V) with sustained
variations of +/- 10% (voltage and frequency) with no damage to the ballast.
2.4 Ballast shall be high frequency electronic type and operate lamps at a frequency above 42 kHz to avoid interference with infrared
devices and eliminate visible flicker.
2.5 Ballast shall have a Power Factor greater than 0.98 for primary lamp.
2.6 Ballast shall have a minimum ballast factor of 1.00 for primary lamp application.
2.7 Ballast shall provide for a Lamp Current Crest Factor of 1.7 or less in accordance with lamp manufacturer recommendations.
2.8 Ballast input current shall have Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) of less than 20% for Standard models and THD of less than 10% for
Centium models when operated at nominal line voltage with primary lamp.
2.9 Ballast shall have a Class A sound rating.
2.10 Ballast shall have a minimum starting temperature of -18C (0F) or -28C (-20F) for primary lamp. Consult lamp manufacturer for
temperature versus lamp characteristics.
2.11 Ballast shall provide Lamp EOL Protection Circuit.
2.12 Ballast shall tolerate sustained open circuit and short circuit output conditions without damage.
2.13 Ballast shall have a hi-low switching option when operating (4) F54T5/HO lamps to allow switching from 4-2 lamps, 3-2 lamps or 3-1
lamp.
2.14 Four lamp ballast shall have semi-independent lamp operation.

Section III - Regulatory Requirements


3.1 Ballast shall not contain any Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB).
3.2 Ballast shall be Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed, Class P and Type 1 Outdoor; and Canadian Standards Association (CSA) certified
where applicable.
3.3 Ballast shall comply with ANSI C62.41 Category A for Transient protection.
3.4 Ballast shall comply with ANSI C82.11 where applicable.
3.5 Ballast shall comply with the requirements of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules and regulations, Title 47 CFR part 18,
Non-Consumer (Class A) for EMI/RFI (conducted and radiated).

Section IV - Other
4.1 Ballast shall be manufactured in a factory certified to ISO 9001:2000 Quality System Standards.
4.2 Ballast shall carry a five-year warranty from date of manufacture against defects in material or workmanship, including replacement, for
operation at a maximum case temperature of 70C. Ballasts with a "90C" designation in their catalog number shall also carry a three-year
warranty at a maximum case temperature of 90C.
4.3 Manufacturer shall have a fifteen-year history of producing electronic ballasts for the North American market.
4.4 Ballast shall be Advance Transformer part # _____________ or approved equal.

Revised 09/01/2004

Data is based upon tests performed by Advance Transformer in a controlled environment and representative of relative performance. Actual performance can vary
depending on operating conditions. Specifications are subject to change without notice. All specifications are nominal unless otherwise noted.

ADVANCE TRANSFORMER CO.


O'HARE INTERNATIONAL CENTER - 10275 WEST HIGGINS ROAD
ROSEMONT, ILLINOIS 60018
TELEPHONE: (847) 390-5000 FAX: (847) 390-5109
VCN-132-MC
Brand Name CENTIUM MICRO CAN
Ballast Type Electronic
Starting Method Instant Start
Lamp Connection Series
Electrical Specifications Input Voltage 277
Input Frequency 60 HZ
Status Active

Lamp Type Num. Rated Min. Start Input Input Ballast MAX Power MAX Lamp B.E.F.
of Lamp Watts Temp (°F/C) Current Power Factor THD Factor Current
Lamps (Amps) (ANSI Watts) % Crest Factor
F21T5 1 21 50/10 0.10 27 1.10 10 0.98 1.7 4.07
F25T8 1 25 0/-18 0.09 25 0.98 10 0.98 1.7 3.92
* F28T5 1 28 50/10 0.11 30 0.98 10 0.99 1.7 3.27
F32T8 1 32 0/-18 0.11 30 0.98 10 0.98 1.7 3.27
F32T8/ES (30W) 1 30 60/16 0.10 28 0.98 10 0.98 1.7 3.50

Wiring Diagram Enclosure


WHITE
BLK/WHT
BALLAST BLUE
RED

LAMP
LINE

Diag. 63
The wiring diagram that appears above is for
the lamp type denoted by the asterisk (*)
Enclosure Dimensions
OverAll (L) Width (W) Height (H) Mounting (M)
Standard Lead Length (inches)
9.50 " 1.08 " 1.05 " 8.91 "
in. cm. in. cm. 9 1/2 1 2/25 1 1/20 8 91/100
Black 0 Yellow/Blue 0 24.1 cm 2.7 cm 2.7 cm 22.6 cm
White 25L 63.5 Blue/White 0
Blue 31R 78.7 Brown 0
Red 37L 94 Orange 0
Yellow 0 Orange/Black 0
Gray 0 Black/White 25L 63.5
Violet 0 Red/White 0

Revised 07/23/2004

Data is based upon tests performed by Advance Transformer in a controlled environment and representative of relative performance. Actual performance
can vary depending on operating conditions. Specifications are subject to change without notice. All specifications are nominal unless otherwise noted.

ADVANCE TRANSFORMER CO.


O'HARE INTERNATIONAL CENTER · 10275 WEST HIGGINS ROAD · ROSEMONT, IL 60018
Customer Support/Technical Service: Phone: 800-372-3331 · Fax: 630-307-3071
Corporate Offices: Phone: 800-322-2086
VCN-132-MC
Brand Name CENTIUM MICRO CAN
Ballast Type Electronic
Starting Method Instant Start
Lamp Connection Series
Electrical Specifications Input Voltage 277
Input Frequency 60 HZ
Notes: Status Active
Section I - Physical Characteristics
1.1 Ballast shall be physically interchangeable with standard electromagnetic or standard electronic ballasts, where applicable.
1.2 Ballast shall be provided with integral leads color-coded per ANSI C82.11.

Section II - Performance Requirements


2.1 Ballast shall be Instant Start.
2.2 Ballast shall contain auto restart circuitry in order to restart lamps without resetting power.
2.3 Ballast shall operate from 50/60 Hz input source of 120V or 277V with sustained variations of +/- 10% (voltage and frequency) with no
damage to the ballast. IntelliVolt models shall operate from 50/60 Hz input source of 120V through 277V with sustained variations of +/- 10%
(voltage and frequency) with no damage to the ballast.
2.4 Ballast shall be high frequency electronic type and operate lamps at a frequency above 42 kHz to avoid interference with infrared
devices and eliminate visible flicker.
2.5 Ballast shall have a Power Factor greater than 0.98 for primary lamp.
2.6 Ballast shall have a minimum ballast factor for primary lamp application as follows: 0.75 for Low Watt, 0.85 for Normal Light Output, and
1.20 for High Light.
2.7 Ballast shall provide for a Lamp Current Crest Factor of 1.7 or less in accordance with lamp manufacturer recommendations.
2.8 Ballast input current shall have Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) of less than 20% for Standard models and THD of less than 10% for
Centium models when operated at nominal line voltage with primary lamp.
2.9 Ballast shall have a Class A sound rating.
2.10 Ballast shall have a minimum starting temperature of -18C (0F) for standard T8 lamps and 16C (60F) for energy-saving T8 lamps.
2.11 Ballast shall provide Lamp EOL Protection Circuit.
2.12 Ballast shall tolerate sustained open circuit and short circuit output conditions without damage.

Section III - Regulatory Requirements


3.1 Ballast shall not contain any Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB).
3.2 Ballast shall be Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed, Class P and Type 1 Outdoor; and Canadian Standards Association (CSA) certified
where applicable.
3.3 Ballast shall comply with ANSI C62.41 Category A for Transient protection.
3.4 Ballast shall comply with ANSI C82.11 where applicable.
3.5 Ballast shall comply with the requirements of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules and regulations, Title 47 CFR part 18,
Non-Consumer (Class A) for EMI/RFI (conducted and radiated).

Section IV - Other
4.1 Ballast shall be manufactured in a factory certified to ISO 9001:2000 Quality System Standards.
4.2 Ballast shall carry a five-year warranty from date of manufacture against defects in material or workmanship, including replacement, for
operation at a maximum case temperature of 70C.
4.3 Manufacturer shall have a fifteen-year history of producing electronic ballasts for the North American market.
4.4 Ballast shall be Advance Transformer part # _____________ or approved equal.
4.5 All products except Optanium 2.0 (IOP) models may experience lamp striations when operating 25W, 28W, or 30W energy saving T8
lamps.
4.6 Only the Optanium 2.0 (IOP) models are suitable for tandem-wiring applications operating 25W, 28W, or 30W energy saving T8 lamps.

Revised 07/23/2004

Data is based upon tests performed by Advance Transformer in a controlled environment and representative of relative performance. Actual performance can vary
depending on operating conditions. Specifications are subject to change without notice. All specifications are nominal unless otherwise noted.

ADVANCE TRANSFORMER CO.


O'HARE INTERNATIONAL CENTER - 10275 WEST HIGGINS ROAD
ROSEMONT, ILLINOIS 60018
TELEPHONE: (847) 390-5000 FAX: (847) 390-5109
VCN-132-MC
Brand Name CENTIUM MICRO CAN
Ballast Type Electronic
Starting Method Instant Start
Lamp Connection Series
Electrical Specifications Input Voltage 277
Input Frequency 60 HZ
Status Active

Lamp Type Num. Rated Min. Start Input Input Ballast MAX Power MAX Lamp B.E.F.
of Lamp Watts Temp (°F/C) Current Power Factor THD Factor Current
Lamps (Amps) (ANSI Watts) % Crest Factor
F21T5 1 21 50/10 0.10 27 1.10 10 0.98 1.7 4.07
F25T8 1 25 0/-18 0.09 25 0.98 10 0.98 1.7 3.92
F28T5 1 28 50/10 0.11 30 0.98 10 0.99 1.7 3.27
* F32T8 1 32 0/-18 0.11 30 0.98 10 0.98 1.7 3.27
F32T8/ES (30W) 1 30 60/16 0.10 28 0.98 10 0.98 1.7 3.50

Wiring Diagram Enclosure


WHITE
BLK/WHT
BALLAST BLUE
RED

LAMP
LINE

Diag. 63
The wiring diagram that appears above is for
the lamp type denoted by the asterisk (*)
Enclosure Dimensions
OverAll (L) Width (W) Height (H) Mounting (M)
Standard Lead Length (inches)
9.50 " 1.08 " 1.05 " 8.91 "
in. cm. in. cm. 9 1/2 1 2/25 1 1/20 8 91/100
Black 0 Yellow/Blue 0 24.1 cm 2.7 cm 2.7 cm 22.6 cm
White 25L 63.5 Blue/White 0
Blue 31R 78.7 Brown 0
Red 37L 94 Orange 0
Yellow 0 Orange/Black 0
Gray 0 Black/White 25L 63.5
Violet 0 Red/White 0

Revised 07/23/2004

Data is based upon tests performed by Advance Transformer in a controlled environment and representative of relative performance. Actual performance
can vary depending on operating conditions. Specifications are subject to change without notice. All specifications are nominal unless otherwise noted.

ADVANCE TRANSFORMER CO.


O'HARE INTERNATIONAL CENTER · 10275 WEST HIGGINS ROAD · ROSEMONT, IL 60018
Customer Support/Technical Service: Phone: 800-372-3331 · Fax: 630-307-3071
Corporate Offices: Phone: 800-322-2086
VCN-132-MC
Brand Name CENTIUM MICRO CAN
Ballast Type Electronic
Starting Method Instant Start
Lamp Connection Series
Electrical Specifications Input Voltage 277
Input Frequency 60 HZ
Notes: Status Active
Section I - Physical Characteristics
1.1 Ballast shall be physically interchangeable with standard electromagnetic or standard electronic ballasts, where applicable.
1.2 Ballast shall be provided with integral leads color-coded per ANSI C82.11.

Section II - Performance Requirements


2.1 Ballast shall be Instant Start.
2.2 Ballast shall contain auto restart circuitry in order to restart lamps without resetting power.
2.3 Ballast shall operate from 50/60 Hz input source of 120V or 277V with sustained variations of +/- 10% (voltage and frequency) with no
damage to the ballast. IntelliVolt models shall operate from 50/60 Hz input source of 120V through 277V with sustained variations of +/- 10%
(voltage and frequency) with no damage to the ballast.
2.4 Ballast shall be high frequency electronic type and operate lamps at a frequency above 42 kHz to avoid interference with infrared
devices and eliminate visible flicker.
2.5 Ballast shall have a Power Factor greater than 0.98 for primary lamp.
2.6 Ballast shall have a minimum ballast factor for primary lamp application as follows: 0.75 for Low Watt, 0.85 for Normal Light Output, and
1.20 for High Light.
2.7 Ballast shall provide for a Lamp Current Crest Factor of 1.7 or less in accordance with lamp manufacturer recommendations.
2.8 Ballast input current shall have Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) of less than 20% for Standard models and THD of less than 10% for
Centium models when operated at nominal line voltage with primary lamp.
2.9 Ballast shall have a Class A sound rating.
2.10 Ballast shall have a minimum starting temperature of -18C (0F) for standard T8 lamps and 16C (60F) for energy-saving T8 lamps.
2.11 Ballast shall provide Lamp EOL Protection Circuit.
2.12 Ballast shall tolerate sustained open circuit and short circuit output conditions without damage.

Section III - Regulatory Requirements


3.1 Ballast shall not contain any Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB).
3.2 Ballast shall be Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed, Class P and Type 1 Outdoor; and Canadian Standards Association (CSA) certified
where applicable.
3.3 Ballast shall comply with ANSI C62.41 Category A for Transient protection.
3.4 Ballast shall comply with ANSI C82.11 where applicable.
3.5 Ballast shall comply with the requirements of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules and regulations, Title 47 CFR part 18,
Non-Consumer (Class A) for EMI/RFI (conducted and radiated).

Section IV - Other
4.1 Ballast shall be manufactured in a factory certified to ISO 9001:2000 Quality System Standards.
4.2 Ballast shall carry a five-year warranty from date of manufacture against defects in material or workmanship, including replacement, for
operation at a maximum case temperature of 70C.
4.3 Manufacturer shall have a fifteen-year history of producing electronic ballasts for the North American market.
4.4 Ballast shall be Advance Transformer part # _____________ or approved equal.
4.5 All products except Optanium 2.0 (IOP) models may experience lamp striations when operating 25W, 28W, or 30W energy saving T8
lamps.
4.6 Only the Optanium 2.0 (IOP) models are suitable for tandem-wiring applications operating 25W, 28W, or 30W energy saving T8 lamps.

Revised 07/23/2004

Data is based upon tests performed by Advance Transformer in a controlled environment and representative of relative performance. Actual performance can vary
depending on operating conditions. Specifications are subject to change without notice. All specifications are nominal unless otherwise noted.

ADVANCE TRANSFORMER CO.


O'HARE INTERNATIONAL CENTER - 10275 WEST HIGGINS ROAD
ROSEMONT, ILLINOIS 60018
TELEPHONE: (847) 390-5000 FAX: (847) 390-5109
VCN-2M32-MC
Brand Name CENTIUM MICRO CAN
Ballast Type Electronic
Starting Method Instant Start
Lamp Connection Series
Electrical Specifications Input Voltage 277
Input Frequency 60 HZ
Status Active

Lamp Type Num. Rated Min. Start Input Input Ballast MAX Power MAX Lamp B.E.F.
of Lamp Watts Temp (°F/C) Current Power Factor THD Factor Current
Lamps (Amps) (ANSI Watts) % Crest Factor
F21T5 2 21 50/10 0.18 50 1.10 10 0.98 1.7 2.20
F25T8 2 25 0/-18 0.18 49 0.88 10 0.99 1.7 1.80
F28T5 2 28 50/10 0.22 60 0.98 10 0.99 1.7 1.63
* F32T8 2 32 0/-18 0.21 59 0.88 10 0.99 1.7 1.49
F32T8/ES (30W) 2 30 60/16 0.20 54 0.88 10 0.99 1.7 1.63

Wiring Diagram Enclosure


WHITE
BLACK BLUE
BALLAST
BLUE
RED

LAMP
LINE
LAMP

Diag. 64
The wiring diagram that appears above is for
the lamp type denoted by the asterisk (*)
Enclosure Dimensions
OverAll (L) Width (W) Height (H) Mounting (M)
Standard Lead Length (inches)
9.50 " 1.08 " 1.05 " 8.91 "
in. cm. in. cm. 9 1/2 1 2/25 1 1/20 8 91/100
Black 0 Yellow/Blue 0 24.1 cm 2.7 cm 2.7 cm 22.6 cm
White 25L 63.5 Blue/White 0
Blue 31R 78.7 Brown 0
Red 37L 94 Orange 0
Yellow 0 Orange/Black 0
Gray 0 Black/White 25L 63.5
Violet 0 Red/White 0

Revised 07/23/2004

Data is based upon tests performed by Advance Transformer in a controlled environment and representative of relative performance. Actual performance
can vary depending on operating conditions. Specifications are subject to change without notice. All specifications are nominal unless otherwise noted.

ADVANCE TRANSFORMER CO.


O'HARE INTERNATIONAL CENTER · 10275 WEST HIGGINS ROAD · ROSEMONT, IL 60018
Customer Support/Technical Service: Phone: 800-372-3331 · Fax: 630-307-3071
Corporate Offices: Phone: 800-322-2086
VCN-2M32-MC
Brand Name CENTIUM MICRO CAN
Ballast Type Electronic
Starting Method Instant Start
Lamp Connection Series
Electrical Specifications Input Voltage 277
Input Frequency 60 HZ
Notes: Status Active
Section I - Physical Characteristics
1.1 Ballast shall be physically interchangeable with standard electromagnetic or standard electronic ballasts, where applicable.
1.2 Ballast shall be provided with integral leads color-coded per ANSI C82.11.

Section II - Performance Requirements


2.1 Ballast shall be Instant Start.
2.2 Ballast shall contain auto restart circuitry in order to restart lamps without resetting power.
2.3 Ballast shall operate from 50/60 Hz input source of 120V or 277V with sustained variations of +/- 10% (voltage and frequency) with no
damage to the ballast. IntelliVolt models shall operate from 50/60 Hz input source of 120V through 277V with sustained variations of +/- 10%
(voltage and frequency) with no damage to the ballast.
2.4 Ballast shall be high frequency electronic type and operate lamps at a frequency above 42 kHz to avoid interference with infrared
devices and eliminate visible flicker.
2.5 Ballast shall have a Power Factor greater than 0.98 for primary lamp.
2.6 Ballast shall have a minimum ballast factor for primary lamp application as follows: 0.75 for Low Watt, 0.85 for Normal Light Output, and
1.20 for High Light.
2.7 Ballast shall provide for a Lamp Current Crest Factor of 1.7 or less in accordance with lamp manufacturer recommendations.
2.8 Ballast input current shall have Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) of less than 20% for Standard models and THD of less than 10% for
Centium models when operated at nominal line voltage with primary lamp.
2.9 Ballast shall have a Class A sound rating.
2.10 Ballast shall have a minimum starting temperature of -18C (0F) for standard T8 lamps and 16C (60F) for energy-saving T8 lamps.
2.11 Ballast shall provide Lamp EOL Protection Circuit.
2.12 Ballast shall tolerate sustained open circuit and short circuit output conditions without damage.

Section III - Regulatory Requirements


3.1 Ballast shall not contain any Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB).
3.2 Ballast shall be Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed, Class P and Type 1 Outdoor; and Canadian Standards Association (CSA) certified
where applicable.
3.3 Ballast shall comply with ANSI C62.41 Category A for Transient protection.
3.4 Ballast shall comply with ANSI C82.11 where applicable.
3.5 Ballast shall comply with the requirements of the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) rules and regulations, Title 47 CFR part 18,
Non-Consumer (Class A) for EMI/RFI (conducted and radiated).

Section IV - Other
4.1 Ballast shall be manufactured in a factory certified to ISO 9001:2000 Quality System Standards.
4.2 Ballast shall carry a five-year warranty from date of manufacture against defects in material or workmanship, including replacement, for
operation at a maximum case temperature of 70C.
4.3 Manufacturer shall have a fifteen-year history of producing electronic ballasts for the North American market.
4.4 Ballast shall be Advance Transformer part # _____________ or approved equal.
4.5 All products except Optanium 2.0 (IOP) models may experience lamp striations when operating 25W, 28W, or 30W energy saving T8
lamps.
4.6 Only the Optanium 2.0 (IOP) models are suitable for tandem-wiring applications operating 25W, 28W, or 30W energy saving T8 lamps.

Revised 07/23/2004

Data is based upon tests performed by Advance Transformer in a controlled environment and representative of relative performance. Actual performance can vary
depending on operating conditions. Specifications are subject to change without notice. All specifications are nominal unless otherwise noted.

ADVANCE TRANSFORMER CO.


O'HARE INTERNATIONAL CENTER - 10275 WEST HIGGINS ROAD
ROSEMONT, ILLINOIS 60018
TELEPHONE: (847) 390-5000 FAX: (847) 390-5109
Metal Catalog Number 71A5437J
Halide For 150W M102
Lamp Ballast 60 Hz R-HPF
Status: Active
DIMENSIONS AND DATA
INPUT VOLTS 277
CIRCUIT TYPE R-HPF
POWER FACTOR (min) 90%
REGULATION
Line Volts ±5%
Lamp Watts ±10%
LINE CURRENT (Amps)
2.20 " Operating................................................... 0.63
B
Open Circuit............................................... 1.50
A 1.85 " Starting...................................................... 0.70
UL TEMPERATURE RATINGS
.
0.50 " Insulation Class H(180°C)
Coil Temperature Code 1029 B
2.65 " 1.80 " MIN. AMBIENT STARTING TEMP. -20°F or -30°C
NOM. OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE 277
INPUT VOLTAGE AT LAMP DROPOUT........................... 170
1
/2 "-14 INPUT WATTS 173
STRAIGHT PIPETHREAD RECOMMENDED FUSE (Amps)..................................... 5
CORE and COIL
Fig. 11
Dimension (A) 2.50
J-Box Ballast Dimension (B) 4.50
Weight (lbs.) 4.5
Lead Lengths 12"
CAPACITOR REQUIREMENT
Microfarads 14.0
Volts (min.) 280
Fault Current Withstand (amps)
60 Hz TEST PROCEDURES (Refer to Advance Test
Procedure for HID Ballasts - Form 1270)
High Potential Test (Volts)
1 minute 2000
Capacitor: 7C140M33-R 2 seconds 2500
Open Circuit Voltage Test (Volts) 250-305
Short-Circuit Current Test (Amps)
Secondary Current 2.00-2.50
Input Current.............................................. 0.50 - - - -
0.75

Wiring Diagram:

LAMP
COM

Capacitance: 14
Dia/Oval Dim: 1.5 CAP
LINE V
Height: 2.9 J-BOX BALLAST
COM
Temp Rating: 105°C
Fig. J
Ignitor: INTEGRAL J-BOX

Ordering Information
An ignitor integral to the
Order Suffix Description
core and coil assembly is 500DB Ballast With Integral Igniter and Dry Film Capacitor
used to start the lamp. 600B Ballast and Integral Igniter, No Capacitor

Ballast to Lamp Distance


(BTL) = 2 feet
Temp Rating: 125°C
Data is based upon tests performed by Advance Transformer in a controlled environment and representitive of relative performance.
Actual performance can vary depending on operating conditions. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

ADVANCE TRANSFORMER CO. 05/14/99


O'HARE INTERNATIONAL CENTER · 10275 WEST HIGGINS ROAD · ROSEMONT, IL 60018
Customer Support/Technical Service: Phone: 800-372-3331 · Fax: 630-307-3071
Corporate Offices: Phone: 800-322-2086
Metal Catalog Number 71A5730
Halide For 250W M58
Lamp Ballast 60 Hz CWA
Status: Active
DIMENSIONS AND DATA
INPUT VOLTS 277
4 1/4 X 4 3/4 CORE - 2 COIL UNIT
CIRCUIT TYPE CWA
POWER FACTOR (min) 90%
6.50" REGULATION
5.75" Line Volts ±10%
Lamp Watts ±10%
0.7"
LINE CURRENT (Amps)
Operating................................................... 1.10
1.30" A
B Open Circuit............................................... 0.75
MAX.
Starting...................................................... 1.00
UL TEMPERATURE RATINGS
Insulation Class H(180°C)
0.30" WIDE
Coil Temperature Code 1029 A
2 SLOTS
MIN. AMBIENT STARTING TEMP. -40°F or -40°C
NOM. OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE 300
4.75" 4 HOLES
INPUT VOLTAGE AT LAMP DROPOUT........................... 138
CLEARED
4.40" 295
FOR #10 INPUT WATTS
THRU-BOLTS
RECOMMENDED FUSE (Amps)..................................... 3
CORE and COIL
Dimension (A) 1.50
Dimension (B) 3.00
3.90" 4.25" 4.40" 9
Weight (lbs.)
Lead Lengths 12"
CAPACITOR REQUIREMENT
Microfarads 15.0
Volts (min.) 400
Fault Current Withstand (amps)
60 Hz TEST PROCEDURES (Refer to Advance Test
Capacitor: 7C150P40-R Procedure for HID Ballasts - Form 1270)
High Potential Test (Volts)
1 minute 2000
2 seconds 2500
Open Circuit Voltage Test (Volts) 270-330
Short-Circuit Current Test (Amps)
Secondary Current 2.25-2.75
Input Current.............................................. 0.80 - - - -
1.20

Wiring Diagram:
LINE V CAP LAMP
Capacitance: 15 CAP

LINE V
Dia/Oval Dim: 1.75
Height: 3.75 LINE V

LAMP
Temp Rating: 105°C LINE V
Ignitor: NA

COM COM

Fig. A
This ballast does not
require the use of an ignitor.
Ordering Information
Order Suffix Description
500D Ballast with Dry Film Capacitor
510D Ballast w/Welded Bracket & Dry Film Capacitor
600 Ballast Only, No Capacitor
Data is based upon tests performed by Advance Transformer in a controlled
610environment and with
Ballast representitive of relative
Welded Bracket, Noperformance.
Capacitor
Actual performance can vary depending on operating conditions. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

ADVANCE TRANSFORMER CO.


03/31/99
O'HARE INTERNATIONAL CENTER · 10275 WEST HIGGINS ROAD · ROSEMONT, IL 60018
Customer Support/Technical Service: Phone: 800-372-3331 · Fax: 630-307-3071
Corporate Offices: Phone: 800-322-2086
Metal Catalog Number 71A5237J
Halide For 70W M98/M143
Lamp Ballast 60 Hz R-NPF
Status: Active
DIMENSIONS AND DATA
INPUT VOLTS 277
CIRCUIT TYPE R-NPF
POWER FACTOR (min) 37%
REGULATION
Line Volts ±5%
Lamp Watts ±10%
2.20 " LINE CURRENT (Amps)
B
Operating................................................... 0.90
A 1.85 " Open Circuit............................................... 0.00
Starting...................................................... 1.15
. UL TEMPERATURE RATINGS
0.50 "
Insulation Class H(180°C)
2.65 " 1.80 " Coil Temperature Code 1029 C
MIN. AMBIENT STARTING TEMP. -20°F or -30°C
NOM. OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE 277
1
/2 "-14 INPUT VOLTAGE AT LAMP DROPOUT........................... 190
STRAIGHT PIPETHREAD 85
INPUT WATTS
Fig. 11 RECOMMENDED FUSE (Amps)..................................... 3
J-Box Ballast CORE and COIL
Dimension (A) 1.50
Dimension (B) 3.50
Weight (lbs.) 3
Lead Lengths 12"
CAPACITOR REQUIREMENT
Microfarads
Volts (min.)
Fault Current Withstand (amps)
60 Hz TEST PROCEDURES (Refer to Advance Test
Procedure for HID Ballasts - Form 1270)
Capacitor:
High Potential Test (Volts)
2000
1 minute
2500
2 seconds
260-290
Open Circuit Voltage Test (Volts)
Short-Circuit Current Test (Amps)
0.85-1.25
Secondary Current
The capacitor is included as Input Current.............................................. 0.85 - - - -
part of the potted assembly. 1.25

Wiring Diagram:

LAMP
COM

Ignitor: INTEGRAL CAP


LINE V
J-BOX BALLAST
COM

Fig. J J-BOX
An ignitor integral to the
core and coil assembly is
Ordering Information
used to start the lamp.
Order Suffix Description
Ballast to Lamp Distance 600B Ballast and Integral Igniter, No Capacitor
(BTL) = 2 feet 610B Ballast w/Welded Bracket and Integral Igniter, No Capacitor
Temp Rating: 125°C
Data is based upon tests performed by Advance Transformer in a controlled environment and representitive of relative performance.
Actual performance can vary depending on operating conditions. Specifications are subject to change without notice.

ADVANCE TRANSFORMER CO. 03/27/00


O'HARE INTERNATIONAL CENTER · 10275 WEST HIGGINS ROAD · ROSEMONT, IL 60018
Customer Support/Technical Service: Phone: 800-372-3331 · Fax: 630-307-3071
Corporate Offices: Phone: 800-322-2086
5/4/2006

24W/835 WH Min
Bipin HO UNP
Product family description
Powerful, environmentally-responsible
ultra-slim lamps.

Features/Benefits
• Miniaturization: slim profile lamp and ballast. Applications
• Operated on programmed start electronic ballasts. • Ideal for medium and high bay retail. Ideal for
• Low mercury: TCLP* compliant. industrial applications.
• Energy efficeint.
Note
• Long life.
• NOT compatible ith dimming ballasts.
• Less mercury and fewer lamps in landfills, combined
with energy efficiency reduces the impact on the • Silhouette™ T5 nominal lamp lengths are shorter than
standard sizes. See dimension chart for details.
environment.
• 85 CRI in 3000, 3500, 4100 and 5000K.
• 20,000 hours rated average life.

Product data
Product Number 290205
Full product name 24W/835 WH Min Bipin HO UNP
Ordering Code F24T5/835/HO/ALTO
Pack type Unpacked
Pieces per pack 1
Packs per case 40
Pack UPC 046677290207
EAN2US
Case Bar Code 50046677290202
Successor Product number
Wattage[W ] 24W
Color Code 835 [CCT of 3500K]
Base Min Bipin [Miniature Bipin]
Bulb T5 [16mm]
Special packing ALTO
Packing Type UNP [Unpacked]
System Description High Output
Base Information Green[Green Base]
Packing Configuration 40
Rated Avg. Life[hr ] 24000
Dimmable Yes

1
5/4/2006

Product data
Mercury (Hg) Content[mg ]
Color Rendering Index[Ra8 ] 82
Color Temperature[K ] 3500
Initial Lumens[Lm ] -
Overall Length C[mm ] 563.2
Diameter D[mm ] 17

TL5

TL5/835

TL5/835

2
5/4/2006

A B C D

Full
produc Max Min Max Max Max
t name

24W/
835 WH
Min 549.0 553.7 556.1 563.2 17
Bipin
HO UNP

TL5

3
5/4/2006

28W/835 Min Bipin


T5 UNP
Product family description
Ultra-slim design with extraordinary light
output.

Features/Benefits
• Improved optical control. Applications
• Fixtures can be 40% smaller than T8 systems. • Ideal for general, decorative and architectural lighting
• Design flexibility for cove and cabinet lighting. in offices, retail stores, hotels, schools and hospitals.
• Better fin in 2 x 2 and 2 x 4 grid ceilings.
Notes
• Up to 104 lumens per watt.
• NOT compatible with dimming ballasts.
• 95% lumen maintenance.
• Silhouette™ T5 nominal lamp lengths are shorter than
• 85 CRI in 3000, 3500 and 4100K. standard sizes. See dimension chart for details.
• High system efficacy.
• Fail-safe operation at end of life.
• 20,000 hours rated average life.

Product data
Product Number 230854
Full product name 28W/835 Min Bipin T5 UNP
Ordering Code F28T5/835
Pack type Unpacked
Pieces per pack 1
Packs per case 40
Pack UPC 046677230852
EAN2US
Case Bar Code 50046677230857
Successor Product number
Wattage[W ] 28W
Color Code 835 [CCT of 3500K]
Base Min Bipin [Miniature Bipin]
Bulb T5 [16mm]
Special packing ALTO
Packing Type UNP [Unpacked]
System Description High Efficiency
Base Information Green[Green Base]
Packing Configuration 40
Rated Avg. Life[hr ] 24000

1
5/4/2006

Product data
Dimmable Yes
Mercury (Hg) Content[mg ]
Color Rendering Index[Ra8 ] 85
Color Temperature[K ] 3500
Initial Lumens[Lm ] -
Overall Length C[mm ] 1163.2
Diameter D[mm ] 17

TL5

TL5/835

TL5/835

2
5/4/2006

A B C D

Full
produc Max Min Max Max Max
t name

28W/
835
Min 1149.0 1153.7 1156.1 1163.2 17
Bipin
T5 UNP

TL5

3
5/4/2006

F32T8 ADV830 48
ALTO 1LP
Product family description
High performance, long life,
environmentally-responsible lamps.

Features/Benefits frequently. (202)


• 3100 lumens is 10% more than standard T8 lamps. • Average life under engineering data with lamps
• Low mercury: TCLP* compliant. turned off and restarted once every 12 operating
hours. (241)
• Sustainable lighting solutions; Less mercury and fewer
lamps in landfills, combined with energy efficiency and • Approximate Initial Lumens. The lamp lumen output
long life reduces the impact on the environment. is based upon lamp performance after 100 hours of
HI-VISION® Phosphor combined with Philips exclusive operating life, when the output is measured during

cathode guard delivers: 95% lumen maintenance; operation on a reference ballast under standard
reduced lamp-end blackening. laboratory conditions. (203)
Our Green End-Caps mean you are using • For expected lamp lumen output, commercial ballast

environmentally-responsible lamps. manufacturers can advise the appropriate Ballast
85 CRI. Factor for each of their ballasts when they are

informed of the designated lamp. The Ballast Factor is
• Higher lumens enables multiple system options to
a multiplier applied to the designated lamp lumen
maximize energy saving and reduce lighting costs.
output. (204)
• Fully dimmable withouth burn-in.
• Design Lumens are the approximate lamp lumen
output at 40% of the lamp's Rated Average Life. This
Applications output is based upon measurements obtained during
• Ideal fot T8 applications requiring maximum light lamp operation on a reference ballast under standard
output and long life. Ideal for light harvesting. laboratory conditions. (208)
• Design lumens rated at 3 hours per start on Instant
Notes Start ballast. (239)
• Rated average life under specified test conditions with • Exclusive to Philips Lighting Company.
lamps turned off and restarted no more frequently than
once every 3 operating hours. Lamp life is appreciably
longer if lamps are started less

Product data
Product Number 139873
Full product name F32T8 ADV830 48 ALTO 1LP
Ordering Code F32T8/ADV830/ALTO
Pack type 1 Lamp Packed in Case Qty
Pieces per pack 1
Packs per case 25
Pack UPC 046677139872
EAN2US
Case Bar Code 50046677139877

1
5/4/2006

Product data
Successor Product number
Name Type F32T8
Nominal Length [inch] 48
Feature ALTO [ALTO®]
Packing Type 1LP [1 Lamp Packed in Case Qty]
Packing Configuration 25
Base Medium Bi-Pin[Medium Bi-Pin]
Base Information Green Base
Bulb T8[Diameter: 1 inch]
Rated Avg. Life [3 hr Start][hr ] 25000
Rated Avg. Life [12-Hr Start][hr ] 30000
Energy Saving Product Energy Saving
Wattage[W ] 32
Mercury (Hg) Content[mg ] 3.5
Color Code Advantage 830[CCT of 3000K]
Color Rendering Index[Ra8 ] 85
Color Temperature[K ] 3000
Initial Lumens[Lm ] 3100
Design Mean Lumens[Lm ] 2950

Data not (yet) available

F-T8-Adv Med Bipin

2
5/4/2006

MasterColor CDM-T
150W/830 G12 T6
1CT
Product family description
Range of single-ended T6 high-efficiency
ceramic metal halide lamps with a stable
color over lifetime and a crisp, sparkling
light.

Features / Benefits Sockets and wiring must withstand starting pulse.


• Excellent color rendering. (391)
• Superior color stability over life within +- 200K. • Supply volts must be +/- 5% of rated ballast line volts
for reactor type and +/- 10% for CWA or electronic
• Lamp to lamp color consistency over life.
ballasts. (392)
• Higher lumen maintenance than standard metal halide. UV filtered design (FadeBlock™). (396)

• Warm (3K) or fresh white (4K) color impression. Operate only on thermally protected ballasts (397)

• High lamp efficacy (up to 93 lumens per watt) for energy MasterColor® Metal Halide Lamps are not
saving and low heat. •
recommended for use on dimmers and are not
• Universal operating position.
warranted if used on dimmer systems. (401)
• Compact lamp dimensions for high beam intensities.
• Rated average life is the life obtained, on the average,
• FadeBlock for reduced fading risks. from large representative groups of lamps in
• No shut off required in 24-hour-a-day/7-day-a-week laboratory tests under controlled conditions at 10 or
operations (relamp fixtures at or before the end of rated more operating hours per start. It is based on survival
life). of at least 50% of the lamps and allows for individual
• Long lamp life compared to incandescent and halogen lamps or groups of lamps to vary considerably from
lamps. the average. For lamps with a rated average life of
24,000 hours, life is based on survival of 67% of the
Applications lamps. (351)
• Accent and General lighting in retail, offices and public • Approximate lumen values listed are for vertical
buildings. Decorative outdoor: floodlighting and operation of the lamp. (352)
pedestrian areas. • Means Lumens is the approximate lumen output at
40% of lamp rated average life. (353)
Notes • Heat resisting glass bulb.
• Requires a ballast specified or approved for Philips Metal
Halide lamp or one designed to the indicated ANSI
Standard. A pulse ignitor is required.

Product data
Product Number 232728
Full product name MasterColor CDM-T 150W/830 G12 T6 1CT
Ordering Code CDM150/T6/830
Pack type 1 Lamp in a Folding Carton
Pieces per pack 1
Packs per case 12
Pack UPC 046677232726

1
5/4/2006

Product data
EAN2US
Case Bar Code 50046677232721
Successor Product number
Wattage[W ] 150W
Color Code 830 [CCT of 3000K]
Base G12
Bulb T6 [Diameter: .75 inch]
Packing Type 1CT [1 Lamp in a Folding Carton]
Packing Configuration 12
Bulb Finish Clear
Operating Position Universal[Any or Universal (U)]
Rated Avg. Life[hr ] 12000
ANSI Code HID M142/E
System Power EL[W ] 167
Lamp Voltage[V ] 96
Dimmable No
Mercury (Hg) Content[mg ]
Color Rendering Index[Ra8 ] 85
Color Designation Warm White
Color Description 830 Warm White
Color Temperature[K ] 3000
Initial Lumens[Lm ] 14000
Design Mean Lumens[Lm ] 9800
Overall Length C[mm ] 110
Diameter D[mm ] 20
Light Center Length L[in ] 2.21875
Max Overall Length (MOL) - C[in ] 4.34375
Diameter D[in ] 0.75

CDM-T 150W

CDM-T 70W/150W/830/942

2
5/4/2006

CDM-T 150W/830

CDM-T/830

CDM-T 70W/150W/830/942

3
5/4/2006

CDM-T/830

CDM-T

4
5/4/2006

C D L O

Full
produ
Max Max Min Nom Max Min
ct
name

Maste
rColo
r
CDM-
T
110 20 55 56 57 8.67
150W
/830
G12
T6
1CT

Nom Max

CDM-T 9 9.33

5
5/4/2006

MasterColor CDM-T
70W/830 G12 T6
1CT
Product family description
Range of single-ended T6 high-efficiency
ceramic metal halide lamps with a stable
color over lifetime and a crisp, sparkling
light.

Features / Benefits Sockets and wiring must withstand starting pulse.


• Excellent color rendering. (391)
• Superior color stability over life within +- 200K. • Supply volts must be +/- 5% of rated ballast line volts
for reactor type and +/- 10% for CWA or electronic
• Lamp to lamp color consistency over life.
ballasts. (392)
• Higher lumen maintenance than standard metal halide. UV filtered design (FadeBlock™). (396)

• Warm (3K) or fresh white (4K) color impression. Operate only on thermally protected ballasts (397)

• High lamp efficacy (up to 93 lumens per watt) for energy MasterColor® Metal Halide Lamps are not
saving and low heat. •
recommended for use on dimmers and are not
• Universal operating position.
warranted if used on dimmer systems. (401)
• Compact lamp dimensions for high beam intensities.
• Rated average life is the life obtained, on the average,
• FadeBlock for reduced fading risks. from large representative groups of lamps in
• No shut off required in 24-hour-a-day/7-day-a-week laboratory tests under controlled conditions at 10 or
operations (relamp fixtures at or before the end of rated more operating hours per start. It is based on survival
life). of at least 50% of the lamps and allows for individual
• Long lamp life compared to incandescent and halogen lamps or groups of lamps to vary considerably from
lamps. the average. For lamps with a rated average life of
24,000 hours, life is based on survival of 67% of the
Applications lamps. (351)
• Accent and General lighting in retail, offices and public • Approximate lumen values listed are for vertical
buildings. Decorative outdoor: floodlighting and operation of the lamp. (352)
pedestrian areas. • Means Lumens is the approximate lumen output at
40% of lamp rated average life. (353)
Notes • Heat resisting glass bulb.
• Requires a ballast specified or approved for Philips Metal
Halide lamp or one designed to the indicated ANSI
Standard. A pulse ignitor is required.

Product data
Product Number 223370
Full product name MasterColor CDM-T 70W/830 G12 T6 1CT
Ordering Code CDM70/T6/830
Pack type 1 Lamp in a Folding Carton
Pieces per pack 1
Packs per case 12
Pack UPC 046677223373

1
5/4/2006

Product data
EAN2US
Case Bar Code 50046677223378
Successor Product number
Wattage[W ] 70W
Color Code 830 [CCT of 3000K]
Base G12
Bulb T6 [Diameter: .75 inch]
Packing Type 1CT [1 Lamp in a Folding Carton]
Packing Configuration 12
Bulb Finish Clear
Operating Position Universal[Any or Universal (U)]
Rated Avg. Life[hr ] 12000
ANSI Code HID M139/E
System Power EL[W ] 83
Lamp Voltage[V ] 88
Dimmable No
Mercury (Hg) Content[mg ]
Color Rendering Index[Ra8 ] 81
Color Designation Warm White
Color Description 830 Warm White
Color Temperature[K ] 3000
Initial Lumens[Lm ] 6600
Design Mean Lumens[Lm ] 4950
Overall Length C[mm ] 103
Diameter D[mm ] 20
Light Center Length L[in ] 2.21875
Max Overall Length (MOL) - C[in ] 3.9375
Diameter D[in ] 0.75

CDM-T 70W/830/942

CDM-T 70W/150W/830/942

2
5/4/2006

CDM-T 70W/830

CDM-T/830

CDM-T 70W/150W/830/942

3
5/4/2006

CDM-T/830

CDM-T

4
5/4/2006

C D L O

Full
produ
Max Max Min Nom Max Min
ct
name

Maste
rColo
r
CDM-
T
103 20 55 56 57 6.67
70W/
830
G12
T6
1CT

Nom Max

CDM-T 7 7.33

5
Page 1 of 2

Home Lighting | Business Lighting | Specifier/OEM | Lighting Institute | Where to Buy | e-catalog | Co
Browse | Search | Help

Incandescent Basic LSB Images Right Light Options


Halogen
17633 - Multi-Vapor Metal Halide Lamps Item Detail
High Intensity Discharge

CMH PAR
CMH Elliptical
CMH ELLIPTICAL OPEN-RATED
CMH Single Ended G12
CMH Double-Ended TD
CMH Mini's
High-Watt CMH SPXX
CMH Chromafit
Pulsearc Multi-Vapor Metal Halide
Lamps
Multi-Vapor Metal Halide Lamps General
High Output And Xho Multi-Vapor Product Code
Metal Halide Lamps 17633
Sports Lighting Description MVR250/SP30/U
Protected Multi-Vapor Metal Halide
Subcategory Multi-Vapor Metal Halide Lamps
Lamps
Chromafit Multi-Vapor Metal Halide Physical
Lamps (Hps Retrofit Lamps)
Bulb Type ED28
I-Line Multi-Vapor Metal Halide
Lamps (Mercury Retrofit Lamps) Base Type Mog
Saf-T-Gard Self-Extinguishing Multi- Bulb Material Heat Resistant Glass
Vapor Lamps Max Overall Length (In.) 8.25
Arcstream Metal Halide Lamps
Standby Longlife Lucalox Lamps Max Overall Length (mm) 210.000
Lucalox High Pressure Sodium Nominal Length (In.) 8.25
Lamps Bulb Nominal Diameter (In.) 3.500
Ecolux Nc Non-Cycling High
Pressure Sodium Lamps (Tclp Photometric
Compliant) Average Life in Hours 6000H/10000V
Ecolux High Pressure Sodium
Lumens (Initial) 18000V/16600H
Lamps (Tclp Compliant)
Deluxe Lucalox High Presure Lumens (Mean) 11500V/10600H
Sodium Lamps Color Temperature (K) 3000
E-Z Lux High Presure Sodium
Color Rendering Index (Ra) CRI 70
Lamps (Mercury Retrofit) (> or =)
Sox Low Pressure Sodium Lamps
Mercury Lamps Warm Up Time (min.) to 90% <10
Saf-T-Gard Mercury Lamps Lighted Center Length (In.) 5
E-Z Merc Self-Ballasted Lamps
(Incandescent Retrofit) Electrical
Export Lamps - Metal Halide Watts 250
Lucalox High Pressure Sodium
E-Z Lux Lucalox High Presure
Luminaire
Sodium (Mercury Retrofit) Operating Position Code U
Mercury Ballast-related information
Fluorescent
Minimum Ballast Open Circuit 382
Compact Fluorescent Voltage - RMS - Lag Ballast
Stage/Studio (Ballast A/B/C)
Miniature/Sealed Beam Minimum Ballast Open Circuit 540
Voltage - Peak Lag Ballast
Projection (Ballast A/B/C)
Merchandiser
Miscellaneous
ANSI Ballast Type M58
Additional Information RE730 Phosphor Coating

LSB Data Available

All values are design values or typical values when measured under laboratory condition

file://C:\DOCUME~1\mxt906\LOCALS~1\Temp\RQNKXV9Z.htm 4/4/2006
Page 2 of 2

provided is subject to change without notice. Where applicable, values are based on guid
ANSI. For more information see Terms and Conditions in the link below.
Return to product list

Set the current view to the default view

© 1997-2001 General Electric Company About GE Lighting| FAQ| GE.com| Careers| Privacy Policy| Terms

file://C:\DOCUME~1\mxt906\LOCALS~1\Temp\RQNKXV9Z.htm 4/4/2006
Project Name:__________ Section:__________
File Number:__________ HIGH PERFORMANCE CURTAIN WALLS
March, 2002 Page 1 of 7

(NOTE: Items marked with an asterisk are project specific.


Consult a Visionwall Corporation sales representative for required data.).

1. GENERAL

1.1 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS

.1 Loose insulation (other than factory-applied within


the curtain wall frame and spandrel panel): Section _______

.2 Caulking and sealants: Section _______

.3 Air barriers: Section _______

.4 Flashings: Section _______

.5 Caulking of joints between the curtain wall and


other building components: Section _______

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK

.1 Provide high performance factory fabricated panelized curtain wall systems as


manufactured by Visionwall Corporation.

.2 Provide the metal components required to connect the curtain wall to the building
structure.

.3 Supply the concrete embeds required to secure the curtain wall anchors to the
building.

1.3 STANDARDS AND TEST

.1 GLAZING UNIT AND FRAME (WINDOW)

a) Submit with shop drawings test data, from a recognized testing agency, that
shows the following window performance characteristics:

- thermal transmission coefficient


- condensation resistance
- sound transmission loss characteristic

Tests shall have been conducted in accordance with the standards given in
Item 2.4 on a representative sample of a complete window unit (frame plus
glazing unit).

Visionwall Corporation - Series M30 High Performance Curtain Walls - United States Guide Specification
Project Name:__________ Section:__________
File Number:__________ HIGH PERFORMANCE CURTAIN WALLS
March, 2002 Page 2 of 7

b) Submit with shop drawings data showing glazing unit shading coefficient and
visible light transmission values. Values may be derived using recognized
computer analysis programs such as the latest version of WINDOW by The
Windows and Daylight Group, Building Technologies Program, Energy and
Environment Division, Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, Berkeley, CA., 94720,
U.S.A.

c) Pressure test each glazing unit to verify the air tightness of all joints such as
those between glass panes and spacers and air vapour barrier; submit, upon
request, reports showing test results for each glazing unit.

.2 CURTAIN WALL MOCK-UP

.1 Provide laboratory testing of a ft (____mm) x ft (____mm) curtain wall section at


a certified testing laboratory approved by the Architect (Owner). Testing shall be
witnessed by the Architect (and Owner).

.2 Testing shall comply with and be conducted in accordance with the procedures
laid out in AAMA Standard 501-83, Method of Test for Metal Curtain Walls.

.3 Test mock-up curtain wall for resistance to air infiltration, resistance to static and
dynamic water penetration and structural performance under uniform loading.

.4 The mock-up curtain wall will be assumed to have passed these tests if its
performance is shown to be as good as, or better than, the following:

AIR INFILTRATION (ASTM E283): 0.02 cfm/ft5 (0.10 l/s-m5) at 6.24 psf
(300 Pa) pressure differential
(inward)

STATIC WATER PENETRATION (ASTM E331): No water visible on the test chamber
side at a pressure differential of 20%
of design load or 6 psf (287 Pa),
whichever is greater.

DYNAMIC WATER PENETRATION (AAMA 501.1): No water visible on test chamber


side at an air stream velocity
equivalent to 20% of design load or
6 psf (287 Pa), whichever is greater.

STRUCT URAL PERFORMANCE (ASTM E330): Deflection shall not exceed L/200 of
the clear span at a structural test load
equal to the design wind pressure
given in the applicable local building
code.

Visionwall Corporation - Series M30 High Performance Curtain Walls - United States Guide Specification
Project Name:__________ Section:__________
File Number:__________ HIGH PERFORMANCE CURTAIN WALLS
March, 2002 Page 3 of 7

1.4 SUBMITTALS

.1 SHOP DRAWINGS

a) Submit Shop Drawings showing the following information:


- plans, elevations and sections for all curtain wall assemblies
- details of frame sections, glazing unit-to-frame intersection, spandrel
panel-to-frame intersection, anchorage assemblies, wall-to-floor
intersections, wall-to-roof intersections
- metal, glass, gasket and all other curtain wall component materials type,
finish and colour
- direction and magnitude of thermal expansion
- fabrication and erection tolerances
- anchor layout
- test data as noted in Item 1.3.1 and 1.3.2.

.2 CERTIFICATION (OPTIONAL)

a) Provide written certification by a Professional Engineer registered in the area


having jurisdiction that the curtain wall system complies with the applicable
building code and that it is suitable for use on this building.

1.5 MAINTENANCE DATA

.1 Provide operating and maintenance data for curtain walls for incorporation into
manual specified in Section ________.

1.6 SAMPLES

.1 Colour Samples: Provide a minimum of 2 - 3" X 5" (75 mm x 125 mm) finished
aluminum samples of each different finish.

.2 Glass Samples: Provide a minimum of 2 - 12" X 12" (300 mm x 300 mm) vision
and spandrel monolithic glass samples of each different type.

1.7 WARRANTY

.1 Provide written warranty signed by an officer of the "curtain wall manufacturing


company" ("curtain wall manufacturing company" being the original
manufacturer of the glazing units, frame components and spandrel panels), stating
that, if during the ten (10) year period from the date of manufacture there is any
of the following manufacturing defects:

a) material obstruction of vision resulting from the accumulation of dust or


moisture on the interior of a glazing unit (the "Unit"); or,

Visionwall Corporation - Series M30 High Performance Curtain Walls - United States Guide Specification
Project Name:__________ Section:__________
File Number:__________ HIGH PERFORMANCE CURTAIN WALLS
March, 2002 Page 4 of 7

b) material deterioration of the film suspended within the Unit; or,

c) material discolouration of the film suspended within the Unit; or,

e) material permanent physical distortion of the film suspended within the Unit
other than physical distortion located within 2 inches (50 mm) of the outside
edge of the vision daylight opening of the window; or,

f) an appreciable deterioration of the thermal performance of the Unit;

then the manufacturer will, within a reasonable time, supply a replacement Unit.

2. PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

.1 Factory assembled panelized curtain wall system containing fixed and operable
awning window types and insulated spandrel panels all manufactured and
assembled by the same company.

.2 Window glazing unit thermal performance to be based on air as the gas inside of
the glazing unit.

.3 Curtain wall system constructed so that glazing unit can be removed and replaced
from outside of building.

.4 Difference in length between opposite parallel sides of curtain wall panel shall be
no more than:

a) 0.06 inches (1.5 mm) for panels with a diagonal measurement of 72 inches
(1800 mm) or less

b) 0.12 inches (3.0 mm) for panels with a diagonal measurement of over 72
inches (1800 mm).

.5 Difference in length between the two diagonal measurements of a curtain wall


panel shall be no more than:

a) 0.12 inches (3.0 mm) for panels with a diagonal measurement of 72 inches
(1800 mm) or less

b) 0.18 inches (4.5 mm) for panels with a diagonal measurement of more than
72 inches (1800 mm).

Visionwall Corporation - Series M30 High Performance Curtain Walls - United States Guide Specification
Project Name:__________ Section:__________
File Number:__________ HIGH PERFORMANCE CURTAIN WALLS
March, 2002 Page 5 of 7

2.2 FRAME CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIAL

.1 Construction:

a) thermally broken composite frame with extruded aluminum outer and inner
frame members separated by synthetic material webs. Webs mechanically
attached to the outer and inner extruded aluminum frame members without
the use of screws, bolts, rivets or adhesives.

b) butt joints secured with screws into screw-ports and sealed with sealant.

c) complete system to act as a rain screen so as to drain to exterior any water


entering the frame cavity.

d) mil finished extruded aluminum pressure plates fastened to main frame with
number 10 stainless steel machine screws

e) pre-finished snap-on extruded aluminum cap

.2 Material:

a) Aluminum: Aluminum Association Alloy AA-6063-T6 or T54.

b) Webs: Glass fibre reinforced polyamide.

c) Air Seal Gasket: E.P.D.M. extrusions.

d) Compression and Wedge Gaskets: E.P.D.M. extrusions.

e) Fasteners & Keys: Aluminum, stainless steel, die cast zinc, cadmium plated
steel.

f) Finish:
- Exterior:________*
- Interior: ________*

2.3 GLAZING UNIT CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIAL

.1 Construction:

a) three element pressure equalized air filled unit consisting of outer glass pane,
one internal optically clear film and an inner glass pane.

b) internal film biaxially suspended by a spring suspension system to


accommodate thermally induced dimensional changes without imposing
undue stress on the films.

Visionwall Corporation - Series M30 High Performance Curtain Walls - United States Guide Specification
Project Name:__________ Section:__________
File Number:__________ HIGH PERFORMANCE CURTAIN WALLS
March, 2002 Page 6 of 7

c) synthetic, low thermal conductivity spacer complete with desiccant.

d) perimeter vapour barrier sealed to unit with butyl adhesive.

.2 Material:

a) Exterior glass:_______*

b) Interior glass:_______*

c) Setting Blocks: neoprene, 80 durometer.

d) Perimeter Vapour Barrier: type 304 annealed stainless steel.

2.4 WINDOW PERFORMANCE RATINGS

.1 Thermal Transmission Coefficient: per ASTM C236-87/AAMA 1503.1-1988;


U = ______ Btu/hr ! ft2 ! /F(______* W/m2 ! /C) for overall window(glazing
unit plus frame).

.2 Shading Coefficient: SC = _______*

.3 Visible Light Transmission: TVIS = ________*

.4 Sound Transmission Loss Characteristic: per ASTM Std. 90-87; STC = _______*

2.5 SPANDREL PANEL CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIAL

.1 Construction

a) Spandrel Panel Glass:________* with opacifier coat on No. 2 surface.

b) Gaskets: EPDM extrusions.

c) Insulation: Semi-rigid glass fiber,_______* inches (_______* mm) thick;


U =_______* Btu/hr ! ft2 /F (________* W/m2 ! /C).

d) Backpan: Minimum 22 gauge galvanized steel screw fastened to inner


aluminum frame member and sealed air and water tight to frame with butyl
sealing tape.

e) Air space between spandrel glass and outer face of insulation vented to
exterior.

Visionwall Corporation - Series M30 High Performance Curtain Walls - United States Guide Specification
Project Name:__________ Section:__________
File Number:__________ HIGH PERFORMANCE CURTAIN WALLS
March, 2002 Page 7 of 7

2.6 MANUFACTURER

.1 Visionwall Corporation Series M30 High Performance Curtain Wall System with
3-element glazing unit..

3. EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
.1 Erection Tolerances: Erect all component parts within the following tolerances:
a) Variations from plumb or angle shown:
- 0.125 inches (3 mm) maximum variation in storey height or 120 inches
(3050 mm) run, non-cumulative.
b) Variations from level or slopes shown:
- 0.125 inches (3 mm) maximum variation in any column-to-column space
or 240 inches (6100 mm) run, non-cumulative.
c) Variations from theoretical calculated position as located in plan or elevation
in relation to established floor lines, column lines and other fixed elements of
the structure, including variations from plumb and level:
- 0.25 inches (6 mm) maximum variation in any column-to-column space,
floor-to-floor height or 240 inches (6100 mm) run.
d) Offsets in end-to-end or edge-to-edge alignment of consecutive members:
- 0.06 inches (1.5 mm) maximum offset in any alignment.
.2 Attach and seal building air-vapour barrier to curtain wall frame as detailed on
drawings to maintain continuity of building envelope air-vapour barrier.
3.2 CLEAN-UP
.1 Remove all excess and scrap material and equipment involved in this installation.

Visionwall Corporation - Series M30 High Performance Curtain Walls - United States Guide Specification
file:///E|/Architectural%20Engineering/AE%20482/Exterior/Manufacturers%20Cutsheet/SPECIGSFSE221.htm

SHORTFORM SPECIFICATION FOR USE IN PROJECT MANUAL WITH GLAZING


CHART SHOWING GLASS TYPES (AT END OF SECTION) AND GLAZING SCHEDULE
SHOWING GLASS LOCATIONS ON DRAWINGS.

NOTE:

The following sample specification is provided as a guideline only.

Pilkington assumes no responsibility for the accuracy or applicability of this document to any
particular project.

To incorporate this information into a specification, either copy and paste it into a document, or save
it as an html file and import it into your finished specification, adding, deleting, or revising sections
as necesary.

SECTION 08800

GLAZING

PART 1. - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY:

A. Provide glass and glazing, complete.

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS:

DELETE SECTIONS REFERENCED BELOW THAT DO NOT APPLY TO THIS


PROJECT. CHANGE SECTION NUMBERS BELOW, IF DIFFERENT FROM NUMBERS
USED IN PROJECT MANUAL.

A. Steel Doors and Frames; Section 08110.

B. Wood Doors; Section 08200.

C. Glass and glazing for aluminum entrances and storefront; Section 08410, except requirements
are specified in this section.

D. Glass and glazing for aluminum windows; Section 08520, except requirements are specified in

file:///E|/Architectural%20Engineering/AE%20482/Exterior/Manufacturers%20Cutsheet/SPECIGSFSE221.htm (1 of 6)4/4/2006 6:59:43 AM


file:///E|/Architectural%20Engineering/AE%20482/Exterior/Manufacturers%20Cutsheet/SPECIGSFSE221.htm

this section.

E. Glass and Glazing for skylights; Section 08631, except requirements are specified in this
section.

F. Curtain Walls: Section 08920.

G. Sloped Glazing: Section 08960.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Provide safety glass (tempered, laminated) complying with requirements of ANSI Z97.1 -
American National Standard for Glazing Materials Used in Buildings -- Safety Performance
Specifications and Method of Test.

B. Label each piece of glass designating type and thickness of glass. Do not remove label prior to
installation.

C. Permanently identify each unit of tempered glass. Etch or ceramic fire identification on glass;
identification shall be visible when unit is glazed.

D. Warranty: Provide manufacturer's standard 10 year warranty, including include replacement


of sealed glass units exhibiting seal failure, interpane dusting or misting.

1.4 SUBMITTALS:

DELETE PARAGRAPH BELOW IF SUBMITTALS SECTION IS NOT USED. REVISE


NUMBER IF NUMBER OTHER THAN 01300 IS USED.

A. Comply with Section 01300.

B. Product Data: Submit copy of manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for
each type of glass and glazing material. Include test data or certification substantiating that glass
complies with specified requirements and manufacturer's warranties.

C. Samples: Prior to ordering, submit minimum 6" x 6" sample of each type and thickness of
glass required for review by Architect.

D. Submit manufacturer's standard 10 year warranty for insulated glass units.

file:///E|/Architectural%20Engineering/AE%20482/Exterior/Manufacturers%20Cutsheet/SPECIGSFSE221.htm (2 of 6)4/4/2006 6:59:43 AM


file:///E|/Architectural%20Engineering/AE%20482/Exterior/Manufacturers%20Cutsheet/SPECIGSFSE221.htm

1.5 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS:

A. Watertight and airtight installation of each piece of glass is required. Each installation must
withstand normal temperature changes, wind loading, impact loading (for operating doors)
without failure of any kind including loss or breakage of glass, failure of sealants or gaskets to
remain watertight and airtight, deterioration of glazing materials, and other defects in work.

PART 2. - PRODUCTS

2.1 INSULATED GLASS MATERIALS:

A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Pilkington; P.O. Box 799, 811 Madison Avenue, Toledo, Ohio
43697-0799; Telephone: 419-247-4926. Internet Address: www.pilkington.com/sunmanagement.

DELETE PARAGRAPH "C" BELOW, IF SUBSTITUTIONS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED.

C. Equivalent products of other manufacturers meeting performance and aesthetic characteristics


will be considered. The Architect reserves the right to reject materials solely on the basis of color.

D. Refer to Glazing Chart at the end of this section for glass types and performance
characteristics not specified in this article.

2.2 GLAZING ACCESSORIES:

A. Provide materials with proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation.

B. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer.

C. Gaskets: Extruded or molded, closed-cell, integral-skinned gaskets of material indicated


below; complying with ASTM C 509, Type II, black, and of profile and hardness required to
maintain watertight seal.

D. Glazing Tape: Provide glazing tape appropriate for indicated installation complying with
AAMA 800.

E. Setting Blocks: Neoprene or other resilient blocks of 70 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness.

F. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks, or continuous extrusions, with a 50 to 60 Shore A durometer


hardness.

file:///E|/Architectural%20Engineering/AE%20482/Exterior/Manufacturers%20Cutsheet/SPECIGSFSE221.htm (3 of 6)4/4/2006 6:59:43 AM


file:///E|/Architectural%20Engineering/AE%20482/Exterior/Manufacturers%20Cutsheet/SPECIGSFSE221.htm

G. Compressible Filler Rods: Closed-cell or waterproof-jacketed foam of polyethylene, butyl


rubber, neoprene, polyurethane or vinyl.

PART 3. - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION - GENERAL

A. Comply with recommendations of glass manufacturers and manufacturers of sealants and


other glazing materials, unless otherwise indicated or specified, including preparation of surfaces.

B. Clean channel surfaces and prime as recommended by sealant manufacturer.

C. Cut glass to size as required for measured opening, provide adequate edge clearance and glass
bite all around. Cut prior to tempering.

D. Do not install sheets which have edge damage or face imperfections.

E. Miter-cut and bond (weld) ends of channel gaskets at corners to provide a continuous gasket.

F. Seal face gaskets at corners with liquid elastomeric sealant to close openings and prevent
withdrawal of gaskets from corners.

G. Remove and replace glass which is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded or damaged during
construction period.

3.2 CURING:

A. Cure glazing sealants and compounds in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and
recommendations to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength and surface
durability.

3.3 PROTECTION:

A. Protect glass surfaces and edges at all times during the construction period. Keep glass free
from contamination by materials capable of staining glass.

GLASS CHART

Refer to schedule on Drawings for location of each type of glass.

file:///E|/Architectural%20Engineering/AE%20482/Exterior/Manufacturers%20Cutsheet/SPECIGSFSE221.htm (4 of 6)4/4/2006 6:59:43 AM


file:///E|/Architectural%20Engineering/AE%20482/Exterior/Manufacturers%20Cutsheet/SPECIGSFSE221.htm

INSERT GLAZING NUMBER TO MATCH GLAZING SCHEDULE ON DRAWINGS, AND


DELETE ANY UNUSED ROWS.

Glazing No. __ No.__ No.__ No.__


Type Insulated
1"
Total Thickness
24 mm
Space Filler Argon-Filled
1/4" Pilkington
Outboard Lite Solar E™ Solar
Control Low-E
1/4" Pilkington
Inboard Lite Optifloat™ Clear
Float Glass
Reflective Surface 2nd
Low-E Surface 2nd
Heat Strengthened
Tempered
Visible Light
53
Transmittance (%)
Visible Lite
Exterior 10
Reflectance (%)
Visible Lite
Interior 15
Reflectance (%)
Total Solar
Energy 33
Transmittance (%)
Total Solar
Energy 9
Reflectance (%)

file:///E|/Architectural%20Engineering/AE%20482/Exterior/Manufacturers%20Cutsheet/SPECIGSFSE221.htm (5 of 6)4/4/2006 6:59:43 AM


file:///E|/Architectural%20Engineering/AE%20482/Exterior/Manufacturers%20Cutsheet/SPECIGSFSE221.htm

U-V
31
Transmittance (%)
0.27
U-Value - Summer

U-Value - Winter 0.28


Solar Heat Gain 0.43
Shading
0.49
Coefficient

END OF SECTION

Go to Long Form Version


Go to Drawing Notes Version


Help with Using Specifications

file:///E|/Architectural%20Engineering/AE%20482/Exterior/Manufacturers%20Cutsheet/SPECIGSFSE221.htm (6 of 6)4/4/2006 6:59:43 AM


FABRICATED GLASS PRODUCTS
TEMPERED | INSULATED | ARCHITECTURAL GLASS DOORS AND WALL SYSTEMS |
RESIN LAMINATED | HEAVY GLASS BATH ENCLOSURES |

SPECIFICATIONS:
Craftsman tempered glass conforms to
Federal Specifications ASTM C 1048 (Heat-strengthened
and Fully Tempered) and C 1036 (Flat for Glazing, Mirrors
and Other Glass); ANSI Z97.1 certified by SGCC
(Safety Performance Specifications and Methods of Test for
Safety Glazing Material Used in Buildings), and meets
The Consumer Product Safety Commission
Standard 16 CFR 1201, Category I & II
(Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials).

Craftsman insulated glass units are certified by the IGCC,


SIGMA, and IGMA and are in compliance with
ASTM E 773/E 774 (Seal Durability Specification).

Craftsman laminated glass conforms to


Federal Specifications ASTM C1172 (Laminated
Architectural Flat Glass) and meets Category I & II of
the CPSC 16CFR 1201, and ANSI Z97.1

www.gwiweb.com
Email: sales@gwiweb.com
4822 Southerland Road
Houston, Texas 77092-6024
(713) 353-5800 • (800) 238-3548
Fax (713)353-5333* (800) 825-9607
C raftsman Fabricated

Glass is an industry

leader in the fabrication

of tempered, insulated,

and all flat glass products.

Committed to excellence,

Craftsman sets the

standard for providing

an extensive array of

quality commercial and

residential products,

manufactured with state

of the art equipment,

and unparalleled customer

service before and after

the sale.
Houston Texans Reliant Stadium
All upper areas: Pilkington 1/4" tempered Blue Green

1
HEAT TREATED GLASS
E dgework... For tempered glass
with exposed edges, Craftsman provides
“brilliant” cerium polished, optical quality
edgework, including the thin beveled aris’s,
the standard offering for all of Craftsman’s
frameless glass applications. Brilliant
edgework provides a very subtle elegance
to frameless doors and sidelites.

Polish Edging Machine

Heat-Strengthened Glass (HS)...


HS glass is used in applications where
additional durability is required, but
with less surface compression than fully
tempered glass. HS is typically twice as
strong as annealed glass; but it is NOT a
safety glazing material. When produced
with lower compression levels, HS glass
will break in larger fragments, similar to
annealed glass; the attraction to HS glass is
that the larger glass fragments are more
likely to stay in the opening than fully Horizons II, Austin, Texas
tempered glass. HS glass is ideal for tinted Insulated PPG Solargray / Solarban 60 & Insulated Spandrel
or coated glasses that are subjected to stress

Tempered Glass...
by heat buildup from sunlight, or to stress
Fully tempered glass is a tempered safety glass is usually recognized by from unusual sun/shade exposure, and for
safety glass, generally four times stronger than the the “ANSI – Z97.1” corner logo, permanently applications demanding additional wind
same thickness of ordinary annealed glass. Taking sandblasted or stamped with a fired-on ceramic load resistance.

Tempering...
ordinary glass to a tempered state involves heating frit that includes the fabricator identification.
the glass in a special furnace to approximately 1260˚ Please refer to back cover for specification and Craftsman heat treats its
Fahrenheit, then setting a permanent tension certification language. glass in a new technology convection
between the glass “core” and surfaces by rapidly tempering furnace specifically developed
cooling the glass in a high pressure quench. When Ideal applications for fully tempered glass are those to temper the new generations of high
fully tempered glass is broken, the release of tension in which safety is a priority. Such applications performance and low-emissivity glass with
between these surfaces initiates a cascade of much include code mandated shower and bath enclosures, superior quality. The furnace will thru-put
smaller glass fragments than ordinary annealed glass. sliding and swing glass doors, and glass adjacent to glass up to 84" x 182", from 1/8" to 1" thick.
While a person can still get cut by this safety glass, pedestrian traffic. Other tempered applications The benefit of using a furnace that tempers
the objective is to eliminate as much of the include windows, skylights, atriums, as well as glass high performance reflective and Low-e glass
dangerously long shards of glass raining down used in motor vehicles and appliances such as efficiently is that the quality in ordinary glass
2 within the broken debris as possible. Fully refrigerator shelving, microwave ovens, etc. Convection Tempering Furnace is even more visually attractive. 3
INSULATED GLASS
T o reduce heat gain or loss through glass, two or
more lites are used to create dead air space that
adjacent to the warmer lite to rise from absorbing heat,
while air next to the cooler lite seeks to replace the rising
inhibits the transmission of heat and cold between air, presenting a performance reducing convection
the lites of glass. Insulated glass is typically condition within the unit.
fabricated using very special sealants and a metal
Benefits of IG units include enhanced
thermal performance and a reduction in
room drafts, heating/cooling loss, external
noise, condensation, etc. These benefits
are greatly enhanced when units include
glass with new technology low-emissivity
(Low-e) high performance coatings
that block much of the high frequency
ultraviolet light. The newest technology
solar-control Low-e glass allows very high
visible light transmission while also block-
ing low frequency radiated heat: heat that
is absorbed and re-radiated such as heat
from a parking lot full of cars, concrete
sidewalks, etc. Additionally, Low-e glass
greatly reduces the damage ultraviolet light
does to fabrics, paint, carpet, etc., caused
by direct sunlight. Best of all, people feel
much more comfortable when occupying
space near this type of glass.
Foley's
Insulated PPG Starphire / Starphire for ultra clear vision

spacer at the perimeter of the glass- creating a


IBM Employee Federal Credit Union hermetically sealed insulated glass (IG) unit. Glass
PPG Insulated Solexia / Solarban 60 used in IG units can be annealed, heat-strengthened
or fully tempered.
Optical Quality: Tempered and heat- Iridescence or strain pattern is related to the
strengthened glass possesses the fundamental optical
qualities of annealed glass. Because glass is heated
and cooled through a furnace, the induced stress
stresses introduced in the cooling process of
tempered or heat-treated glass. This looks very
similar to the “shadow spots” in glass you might see
Air Space... The ideal air space between lites in
an insulated unit is approximately 1/2"-5/8". Any
will sometimes produce a bow or warp in glass lites, in vehicle back lites through polarized sunglasses. less air space reduces the “U” value performance.
or the glass may have slight-to-heavy surface wave This iridescence is usually not visible at normal Any more air space allows the sealed air immediately
from being very near melting temperature while viewing angles, but may become visible under
conveyed over the furnace's ceramic rollers. certain light conditions, at sharp angles or through
This “roller wave” can be detected when viewing polarized lenses. This phenomenon is normal in heat
reflected images from a distance, and is inherent treated glass and is not a defect.
with heat treated glass. Craftsman’s convection
heating is much more efficient compared to older
technology furnaces that rely solely on radiant heat,
so glass processed with the benefit of convection
heat is typically better quality and more consistent.

4 5
Glass Options: Craftsman fabricates glass made
by all major primary float glass manufacturers:
Warm-Edge Technology... Another new
technological development is a spacer made of stain-
Offset Units... Occasionally, architects desire
buildings to have the appearance of an all glass look,
To the Wary Customer... With a more
conversational than technical presentation used for
PPG, Guardian, Pilkington, AFG, Visteon, etc. This less steel. Stainless spacers are both structurally with minimal space between units, and with no ver- this brochure, we are attempting to communicate
versatility allows Craftsman to offer a large variety of strong as well as warm-edge: ideal for high tical framing visible from the exterior sight plane. To the intricacies of glass products. Additionally, we
glass combinations by primary glass manufacturers performance commercial applications. Warm-edge do this, the interior glass and spacer is positioned are trying to convey that with better fabrication
to satisfy creative architectural color and perform- technology can best be described this way: the IG further from the exterior glass edge, allowing space technology and equipment, there are often
ance criteria.Craftsman is a Certified Fabricator for unit insulates interior and exterior environments best for the structural framing to
PPG and Guardian Industries. where the glass is separated by air space. However, a support the insulated unit
“bridge” of temperature transmission is created from behind the exterior lite.
Gas Filled Units: Argon or Krypton gas can be between these environments where glass is bonded The space between “butting”
substituted in the sealed air space to further enhance to the spacer. Although aluminum spacers still offer lites is sealed with structural
“U” value performance. Craftsman is one of a few performance, stainless conductivity is less than 10% silicone. Today, Craftsman
manufacturers capable of making gas substitution in of aluminum. IG units utilizing warm-edge spacers is one of the few U.S.
the primary press, immediately before the final seal. and Low-e glass assist in reducing condensation manufacturers capable of
With both lites held within the structure producing offset insulated
apart, Argon or around the windows, glass on the automated
Krypton is pressured which can lead to robotic line, giving a more
through a special mold or other prob- quality, clean look desired
bottom conveyer belt lems if condensation is for the building exterior.
inside the press. After not properly weeped.
the conversion is
completed, lites are
pressed together, trap-
D ual Seal...
P erformance…More
states are adopting the
ping the gas inside the Insulated glass has International Energy
unit and creating the the best opportunity Conservation Code for
first and most impor- for extended service glazing performance
tant primary seal. The as a dual seal unit. A guidelines. Pages (8 & 9)
secondary seal is then polyisobutylene identify a reasonable cross
applied by automated primary sealant is section of products made by
robot for a clean dual applied to the spacer PPG, Guardian, Pilkington,
seal unit. frame, serving as an and Visteon that are typically
impervious barrier to air and moisture penetration Houston Astros Minute Maid Park
South Post Oak Baptist Church specified for use. These pages show the most
Insulated PPG Solarban 60/Clear 3/8" Tempered & Annealed Pilkington Blue Green
between the spacer frame and glass lites. A second-
Continuous Spacer Frames...
common glass combinations that can be provided
To keep two or ary sealant is then applied, providing additional seal- by Craftsman Insulated, and should be helpful in significant differences in quality, as was addressed
more lites separated in an insulated glass unit, an ing and rigidity to the unit. Craftsman offers only determining how these combinations perform. In in edgework and tempering furnace. Glass
aluminum spacer is typically used. For an IG unit to dual seal units. Two options are available for the sec- some cases there will need to be a minimum order. specifications were written many years ago when
fail, the seal between the glass lites must fail. The ondary sealant: a two-part polysulfide or silicone. fabrication technology was not as advanced as they

Support...
leading cause of seal failure, aside from units sitting Although polysulfide performs better as a moisture are today. Standards are now being updated, but
in water for extended periods, are leaks through barrier, silicone is used to provide additional struc- Craftsman’s technical service staff will for standards that are still in place, discriminating
corner connections between vertical and horizontal tural support for commercial installations. Craftsman be happy to assist with selecting the best glazing for customers and architects should know there are
spacer frame parts. Craftsman eliminates this IG units also meet high performance Canadian your application. Color, appearance, visible light higher levels of quality available now!
potential leak with a CNC bender that processes specification requirements for insulated glass: transmission, shading coefficient and solar heat gain
continuous spacer frames with bent corners. The CAN/CGSB.12.8-M. coefficient (SHGC), safety and code requirements, Craftsman’s commitment is to invest in the best
spacer is drawn into the bender, then bent; and ends strength, and special “easy-cleaning” coatings are production equipment in the world, and to provide
are connected by a straight key at least 2" from the only a few of the considerations a client will want technically advanced, quality products that are more
corner. The spacer is then filled with a sufficient to discuss. visually attractive and durable. It is our promise to
amount of desiccant to absorb any moisture trapped provide this service... not cheaply, but at the most
at the time of fabrication, or for normal infiltration economical price possible.
6 during the life of the unit. 7
CRAFTSMAN ARCHITECTURAL SYSTEMS
C raftsman Architectural Systems caters
to the needs of more creative commercial glass
Kinkaid Middle School
Tempered Glass Doors with
etched stripe design
and architectural professionals. Craftsman
Architectural Systems marries glass, aluminum,
hardware and exotic metals to manufacture finished
products for use in the commercial building trade.

Pictures of fabricated products installed around the


country best describe the creative uniqueness of this
division. Included in the product mix are Glass
Balcony and Frameless Glass Handrail Systems,
high quality commercial Craftsman Tempered Glass
Doors (swinging, top hung, and bottom rolling
sliders), Custom Cladding of aluminum doors and
entrances with brushed or mirror polished stainless,
brass, oil rubbed bronze and other finishes.
and for sidelites to tempered glass doors. 1/2"
clear tempered glass is the choice for glass in
Craftsman is a fabricator/distributor of Vistawall
the majority of applications; however, Craftsman
Aluminum Glazing Systems. Other Vistawall
Fabricated Glass offers many standard and
products offered include Moduline Window
custom options for 1/2" privacy glass with
Systems, Naturalite Skylight Systems and Skywall
excellent light transmission. Please refer to pages
Translucent Systems. With energy code emphasis
17, 18 & 20 for glass options that will provide a
growing across the United States, options such
dynamic Vision Wall privacy look.
as the Series 3000-S Thermally Improved System for
insulated glass provides for effective Solar Heat Gain
Resistance and affordability.

Craftsman H.Q. - Houston, Texas

Craftsman’s Vision Wall


1/2" Tempered Saten Decor with sliding glass door

offers glazing contractors and their


customers two excellent options for
vision panels of frameless glass: a
great look with multiple finishes, and
the opportunity to close-in openings
more quickly than can be done with
1/2" poured-shoe glass panels. The
system is designed to be glazed at the
jobsite by using dry gaskets to secure
the glass in place. Vision Wall is
perfect for glass conference walls,

Craftsman H.Q. - Houston, Texas


Craftsman H.Q. - Houston, Texas Craftsman Vision Wall™ with 1/2" Tempered etched glass panels for privacy
10 3/4" tempered, Frameless Glass Handrail System 11
Craftsman’s Engineered Point Supported
Wall Systems provide a way to express truly
Bloomingdale's - Orlando, Florida
Laminated patterned glass set in
engineered Point Supported Wall
System, with diode back-lighting
unique creativity in exterior and interior frameless
glass applications. One application used the
Craftsman point loaded system adjacent to shopper
escalators for a multi-story, diode lighted accent
wall. Another application created truly unique (and
quite beautiful) work stations for an office. Another
was a glass enclosed walkway between buildings at
the Pentagon.

Liberty Corporation H.Q.


For exterior uses, and for most interior applications Resin Laminated patterned glass
that are supported or stiffened by glass, the Point
Supported Wall System must be engineered. The
system is designed to move with the building, and
move with wind loading. Applications include glass
walls that are suspended from above, from the base,
or with cables and rods.

The Craftsman Architectural Systems professionals


are available to assist in the design and construction
of your project.
12 13
FRAMELESS HEAVY GLASS BATH ENCLOSURES
Hole drilling and milling… A Point
Supported Glass Wall System must have precisely
Glass bath enclosures are taking the custom
homebuilding trade by storm. Builders are learning
•Custom etching is available to customers desiring
truly unique bath enclosures.
located countersunk holes; drilled holes must be that distinguishing prospective buyers demand a
finished with minimal oystering or edge defects. showcase master bath where they will spend much •Brilliant cerium polished edgework is provided
To accomplish this objective, hole-drilling and of their time. So master baths are getting quite a lot on heavy frameless tempered safety glass. Once
countersinking is done with water cooled diamond more attention; they are larger, and there is no installed, notice the subtle flashing of the aris
bits on a CNC drilling and milling machine specifi- better way to elegantly state its dramatic appeal as the door is opened… customers can’t quite
cally designed for this purpose. The programming is than with frameless heavy glass bath and shower put their finger on why their enclosure looks
done during order entry; thus eliminating the need enclosures. Additionally, after spending a relative “so special” until they are reminded of the
to have machine operators interpret drawings, and fortune on finishes, owners of more upscale homes brilliant edgework.
program instructions in the shop. certainly want to showcase their fixtures, marble, tile
•Comprehensive stock of hardware finishes and
Craftsman Architectural and granite.
prompt fabrication of glass offers customers
The same precision drilling and milling equipment Systems Brake Metal
Advantages Bath Enclosure Companies can expect of excellent order-to-ship service.
is used with glass destined for heavy glass frameless
division provides Shear and
bath enclosures. Just as important, holes in bath this Craftsman division:
Brake services for stainless, Residence
enclosures must be precisely located for proper 1/2" Frameless Tempered Bath Enclosure
mounting of hinges and pulls, and for edge mount- aluminum, brass, with • A well prepared team with extensive knowledge of
ed clips that require holes and notches. With mirror, satin and special materials, installation requirements and expertise
programming done at order entry, the prospect of textured patterns, as well as mill, anodized to handle the more creative demands of customers.
having holes located an inch too close or far apart (architectural grade only) and painted finishes,
is reduced dramatically. Large runs of repetitive offering fast turn-around for one-or-a-quantity of • Excellent glass versatility… Combining one of
glass sizes with identical hole locations can be lengths to 12'. Applications include: glazing and the nation’s most extensive inventory of clear
accomplished with little opportunity for errors, storefront trims, column covers, fascia at entrance glass, patterned and etched glass with versatile
which can occur more often when done manually. ways, corner guards, kick plates, flashing, framing, fabrication and tempering capabilities gives
sign panels, access panels and sub-sill applications customers a great abundance of immediate choices.
along with many other items.

Consistent and repetitive


workmanship in hole locations Waterjet
is provided by state of the art
CNC hole drilling and
milling equipment

CNC Controlled Waterjet Cutting


opens opportunities for creative uses
of glass, marble, granite, mirror,
metals, and many other substrates. A
special cutting garnet is introduced
into a stream of water that is
pumped through a .007" orifice at
~50,000 lbs. per square inch of pressure. At that
point, the water is moving at a faster velocity than a
22 caliber bullet, so virtually all items that can be CNC Milling and Drilling
inserted under the jet stream can be cut into intricate
shapes. This cutting capability gives professionals the
Residence
opportunity to create marble and tile medallions in
Etched pattern to compliment wallpaper on
floors, wall mounted art or signage with glass, and 3/8" Frameless Tempered Glass
14 many more applications. 15
CRAFTSMAN ETCHING AND DESIGN
The Etching and Design department
represents the most artistic side of our business.
Etching glass in shapes and patterns is done using a
CNC pneumatic sandblasting line. New for 2003 is
the ability to computer control the fade density from
100% to 0% within the same lite of glass. For glass
offices, this means that the patterns can be faded in
and out of areas where privacy is an issue, or simply
to get a nice effect.

Glass Awards and 3-D Models are manufac-


tured and assembled in this unique department.
Included is a picture of a glass hunting rifle, and
past accomplishments include a 30" model glass
stadium that was presented to the owner of Minute
Maid Park in Houston. Having already provided the Star Bar - Houston Texans Reliant Stadium
exterior tempered 3/8" Pilkington Blue Green glass Milk white Laminated PPG Starphire bottom-lit Bar Top
for the “full size” stadium made this an exceptional
twist of fate.

First United Methodist Church


Deep Carved 1" Glass Tablet "Moses Parting the Red Sea"
Resin Poured Laminated …Resin Poured Laminating
offers cost effective opportunities to mix-in more exotic
patterns or shapes in glass that would otherwise be
difficult to laminate. Conventional laminated glass
production is appropriate for float glass substrates;
however, choices are normally limited to clear glass with
clear or very limited choices in colored vinyl. Resin Poured
Lamination gives Craftsman the opportunity to offer many
more options in colors, stained, rolled, cast, and etched
Planet Ford - Spring, Texas patterned glass, spandrel and exotic glass. Fabrication is
Epoxy paint-filled etching on Tempered Glass Doors
with special Handles more easily done on glass before lamination, so products
requiring holes, notches and countersinking are also easier
to process.

Hunting Rifle
Waterjet cut and Bonded PPG Starphire that is
ground and polished to a full size replica
PREMIUM SERIES CUSTOM ETCHED GLASS

Houston Texans Donor Wall


Weeding to expose names of Donors prior to etching

Pintail Hunting Club - Texas Premium Etched “Sand” Premium Etched “Skin” Premium Etched “Swept”
16 Ducks logo captured in the Glass Door Insert Available in 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1" thicknesses. Available in 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1" thicknesses. Available in 3/8", 1/2", 3/4", 1" thicknesses. 17
PATTERNED GLASS PATTERNED GLASS

Custom Etched “Dashes” Custom Etched “Diamonds” Custom Etched “Dots” Saten Acapulco Saten Fantasia Saten Granada
Available in all thicknesses. Available in all thicknesses. Available in all thicknesses. Available in 3/16" thickness. Available in 3/16" thickness. Available in 1/8" thickness.

Custom Etched “Fleur De Lis”* Custom Etched “Plaid”* Custom Etched “Squares”* Saten Miami Saten Mil Rayas 2mm x 2mm Saten Mil Rayas 10mm x 10mm
Available in all thicknesses. Available in all thicknesses. Available in all thicknesses. Available in 3/16" thickness. Available in 1/8", 1/4" thicknesses. Available in 1/4" thicknesses.

Custom Etched “Weave”* Custom Etched 20% Obscure* Custom Etched 50% Obsure* Aquatex (Rolled) Everglade (Rolled) Flemish (Rolled)
Available in all thicknesses. Available in all thicknesses. Available in all thicknesses. Available in 3/16" thickness. Available in 5/32" thickness. Available in 5/32" thickness.

SatenLux • 70% Obscure* SatenGlas • 100% Obscure* SatenDecor* Flutex (Rolled) German Antique (Rolled)* Gluechip
Available in 1/4" thickness. Available in 1/4", 3/8", 1/2" thicknesses. Available in 1/2" thickness. Available in 3/16" thickness. Available in 1/8", 1/4", 3/8" thicknesses. Available in 1/8", 1/4" thicknesses.

18 19
PATTERNED GLASS Credits:
Front Cover Job: South Post Oak Baptist Church
& Pg. 6 Architect: Morris Architects • Houston, Texas
Glazing contractor: Lakeview Glass & Mirror •
Houston, Texas
Page 1 Job: Houston Texans Reliant Stadium
& Pg. 2 Architect: H.O.K. • Kansas City, Missouri
Glazing contractor: Standard Glass & Mirror, Inc.•
Houston, Texas
Page 3 Job: Horizons II, Austin, Texas
Architect: Sixth River Architects • Austin, Texas
Glazing contractor: Binswanger Glass - Austin, Texas
Page 4 Job: IBM Employee Federal Credit Union
Mastercarre (Rolled)* Masterligne (Rolled) Masterpoint (Rolled) Architect: Venture Resource Associates, Architects •
Available in 1/4", 3/8" thicknesses. Available in 1/4" thickness. Available in 1/4" thickness. Franklin Park, Illinois
Glazing contractor: Austin Glass & Mirror • Austin, Texas
Page 5 Job: Foley’s ...and another Craftsman division
Architect: KVELL CORCORAN ASSOCIATES PC. •
Washington, D.C.
you should not forget:
Glazing contractor: Spring Glass & Mirror, Inc. •
Houston, Texas
Page 7 Job: Houston Astros Minute Maid Park
Architect: H.O.K. - Kansas City, Missouri
Glazing contractor: Standard Glass & Mirror, Inc. • Dedicated to the Glass Industry
Houston, Texas
Page 10 Stairway
Job: Craftsman H.Q. • Houston, Texas
Vision Wall with slider
Job: Craftsman H.Q. • Houston, Texas
Masterray (Rolled) Narrow Reeded (Rolled) Pattern 62 (Rolled)
Page 11 Job: Kinkaid Middle School
Available in 1/4" thickness. Available in 5/32" thickness. Available in 1/16", 3/8", 3/16", 1" thicknesses.
Architect: Kirksey Architects •Houston, Texas Tools, Accessories & Automotive
Glazing contractor: Duke Glass, Inc. • Houston, Texas Catalog
Vision Wall squares
Job: Craftsman H.Q. • Houston, Texas GLAZIERS SUPPLY
Page 12 Job: Liberty Corporation H.Q. A Craftsman Fabricated Glass Company
Architect: The Boudreaux Group • 4822 Southerland Road
Houston, Texas 77092
Columbia, South Carolina www.gwiweb.com
Glazing contractor: Gratec • Ft. Mill, South Carolina E-Mail: tools@gwiweb.com
Page 13 Job: Bloomingdale's • Orlando, Florida
Phone (713) 353-5802 • (800) 880-3001
Architect: T.S.R. New York Fax: (713) 353-5335
Glazing contractor: Gratec / Glass America •
Orlando, Florida
Page 15 Job: Residence
Glazing contractor: Glass World, Inc. • Conroe, Texas
Rain (Rolled)* Reeded (Rolled) Seeded (Cast) Job: Residence
Available in 1/8", 3/16", 3/8", 1/2" thicknesses. Available in 3/16" thickness. Available in 1/8" thickness. Glazing contractor: Katy Glass & Mirror, Inc. •
Katy, Texas
Page 16 Job: First United Methodist Church,
Architect: JKL International, Inc. Janita Lo, Designer;
Artist: Jim Le Blanc, Craftsman
Job: Pintail Hunting Club • Texas
Glazing contractor: Northwest Glass & Mirror, Inc •
Houston, Texas
Job: Texans Donor Wall
Architect: James Turner Architect • Houston, Texas
Glazing contractor: Roy Shugart Glass & Mirror, Inc. • Houston, Texas
Job: Hunting Rifle
Artist: Jim Le Blanc, Craftsman
Page 17 Job: Planet Ford • Spring, Texas
Sycamore (Rolled) Taffeta (Rolled) *Available in heavy glass thicknesses for Architect: Gant - Barnard Architects • Houston, Texas
Available in 5/32" thickness. Available in 1/8" thickness. frameless bath enclosures. Glazing contractor: Binswanger Glass • Houston, Texas
Job: Star Bar • Reliant Stadium
Architect: Hermes Reed Architects • Houston, Texas
20 Glazing contractor: Lakeview Glass & Mirror, Inc. •
Houston, Texas
Crisunid California
Clear laminated glass for solar control

Crisunid California is a high- Its main feature is the way it selec-


technology laminated glass with a tively controls infrared solar ener-
solar control film (50 µ thick) that gy, while giving high visible-light
is placed between two interlayers transmission.
of PVB.

Advantages

• Over 70% light transmission. • The same security level with less Savings
• Over 50% solar heat reflection. thickness, if compared with a cur- • Energy savings through reduced
• 99% ultraviolet protection. rent laminated glass (example: air-conditioning requirements.
glass
• Soundproofing properties. 66/3= 666/2). • Savings of electric light costs.
• Safety and impact resistance. • Savings in solar control acces-
• The reflecting surface is protect- sories, such as curtains, blinds,
PVB ed against any external attack. awnings, etc.
• Savings in glass thickness.
film C.S.

Applications

For all glazing work exposed • Curtain walls. • Lattice windows, skylights.
to sunlight. Suitable for both flat • Shop windows. • Sloped glazing.
and curved applications. • Windows. • Automotive, railway and nauti-
• Glass domes. cal glazing.

The spectral distribution of solar energy

Transmission and reflection with Crisunid California 33/3.

ultraviolet visible infrared


5% ultraviolet

reflection 50% visible


Normal direct spectral irradiance, W/(m2 • µm)

45% infrared

Dresden Airport

Energy breakdown of direct sunlight


energy %

transmisión

wavelength µm

light energy

Total reflected heat: 55% Total transmitted heat,


solar factor*: 36+9=45%

a)-100% a)-100%

* The solar factor of glazing


is the ratio of the quantity
of heat entering a given
area through the glazing to
the intensity of the incident
solar radiation. It is equal to
the sum of the solar energy
directly transmitted to the
b)-36%
interior plus the energy
c)-7% released to the interior by
the glazing as a result of
d)-29%
b)-72% the heat building up in that
glazing through energy
CRISTALES CURVADOS S.A.
absorption.
Pol. Ind. Coll de la Manya
08400 Granollers (Barcelona) d)-20%
Tel. +34 93 840 44 70 e)-25% c)-9%
Fax +34 93 840 14 60
www.cricursa.com
cricursa@cricursa.com

a) Incident sunlight. a) Incident solar energy.


b) Transmitted sunlight. b) Directly transmitted energy.
c) Reflected sunlight. c) Energy absorbed to the inside.
d) Absorbed sunlight. d) Directly reflected energy.
e) Energy absorbed to the outside.
Crisunid California
Soundproofing table

Hertz 100 200 400 630 800 1000 2000 4000 5000 STC

Laminated 25 27 30 34 35 35 35 43 46 35

Crisunid 29 27 31 34 35 36 33 43 46 35
California

Test certifications

UNE 108/131/86 p. 2

Level Reference Thickness Weight kg/m2 Certification


Deutsches Historisches Museum, A A-7C 8,8 mm. 20 DBT 8001
Berlin
B B-13C 12,8 mm. 30 DBT 8001

Performance data
Glass PVB C.S. PVB Glass TL RL TS RS AS FS

FLOAT [1] 3 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [1] 0.38 mm. FLOAT [1] 3 mm. 72 8 35 31 34 44
FLOAT [1] 4 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [1] 0.38 FLOAT [1] 4 mm. 70 8 33 28 39 43
FLOAT [1] 6 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [1] 0.38 mm. FLOAT [1] 6 mm. 68 8 30 22 48 42
FLOAT [2] 3 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [1] 0.38 mm. FLOAT [2] 3 mm. 73 8 35 37 28 42
FLOAT [2] 6 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [1] 0.38 mm. FLOAT [2] 6 mm. 72 8 35 34 31 42
FLOAT [1] 3 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [1] 0.38 mm. FLOAT [3] 3 mm. 64 9 30 31 39 37
FLOAT [1] 6 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [1] 0.38 mm. FLOAT [3] 6 mm. 61 8 27 22 50 36
FLOAT [1] 4 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [4] 0.38 mm. FLOAT [1] 4 mm. 59 7 29 28 43 40
FLOAT [1] 4 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [5] 0.38 mm. FLOAT [1] 4 mm. 46 6 23 27 50 36
FLOAT [1] 4 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [6] 0.38 mm. FLOAT [1] 4 mm. 57 7 29 29 42 40
FLOAT [1] 4 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [7] 0.38 mm. FLOAT [1] 4 mm. 34 6 18 27 55 32
FLOAT [1] 4 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [8] 0.38 mm. FLOAT [1] 4 mm. 41 7 20 28 52 34
ESCWA, Beirut FLOAT [1] 6 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [1] 0.38 mm. FLOAT [4] 6 mm. 44 6 20 22 58 35
FLOAT [1] 3 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [1] 0.38 mm. FLOAT [5] 3 mm. 53 7 25 31 44 37
FLOAT [1] 6 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [1] 0.38 mm. FLOAT [5] 6 mm. 40 6 18 21 61 33
FLOAT [1] 3 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [1] 0.38 mm. FLOAT [6] 3 mm. 67 8 28 31 41 39
FLOAT [1] 6 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [1] 0.38 mm. FLOAT [6] 6 mm. 59 7 23 22 55 37
FLOAT [1] 3 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [1] 0.38 mm. FLOAT [7] 3 mm. 49 7 24 31 45 36
FLOAT [1] 6 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [1] 0.38 mm. FLOAT [7] 6 mm. 33 6 16 22 62 32
FLOAT [1] 3 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [1] 0.38 mm. FLOAT [9] 3 mm. 62 7 24 30 46 37
FLOAT [1] 6 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [1] 0.38 mm. FLOAT [9] 6 mm. 50 6 18 21 61 34
FLOAT [1] 3 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [1] 0.38 mm. FLOAT [10] 3 mm. 63 8 25 31 44 37
FLOAT [1] 6 mm. [1] 0.38 mm. XIR 70 [1] 0.38 mm. FLOAT [10] 6 mm. 53 7 19 21 60 35

[1] clear TL=LIGHT TRANSMISSION


[2] extraclear RL=LIGHT REFLECTION
[3] low emissivity TS=SOLAR TRANSMISSION
[4] blue RS=SOLAR REFLECTION
[5] bronze AS=SOLAR ABSORPTION
[6] green FS= SOLAR FACTOR, ratio of the quantity of heat
[7] grey entering a given area through the glazing to the
[8] translucent intensity of the incident solar radiation.
[9] evergreen
[10] azurlite Processed data with Windows 4.0 software
(ambient conditions NFRC/ASHRAE).

Technical data

Basic compositions Combinations


33/3, 44/3, 55/3, 66/3. • Clear laminated glass.
Maximum dimensions • Coloured laminated glass.
2000 x 5800 mm. (78 x 228”). • Coloured PVB.
• Glass tempering not required • Reflective glass.
due to clearness of laminated • Low-emissivity glass.
glass. • Toughened glass.
• The outer glazing component • Wire glass.
CRISTALES CURVADOS S.A.
Pol. Ind. Coll de la Manya
(glass, PVB) must be clear. • Double glazing (air space).
08400 Granollers (Barcelona) • Crisunid California is supplied in • Polycarbonate bullet-proofing.
Tel. +34 93 840 44 70
Fax +34 93 840 14 60
cutted sizes, with special silicon • Others, upon demand.
www.cricursa.com edge seal.
cricursa@cricursa.com
CriTemp
Curved tempered architectural glass

Curved tempered glass is achieved The result is the formation of high


through a process of heating, compressive stresses on the glass
bending and a fast cooling stage. surfaces. This effect produces a
greater resistance to any mechani-
cal and thermal stress.

Types and compositions

Types Possible compositions Heat Soak Test (HST)


• Clear and tinted float. • Curved tempered monolithic glass. • Optional.
• Extra-clear. • Curved tempered laminated
• Reflective solar control glass glass.
(pyrolytic glass only). • Double glazing.
• Low-E (pyrolytic glass only). • Combinations of laminated and
• Screen printed. double glazing.
• Rolled glass. • Heat strengthened laminated
glass.
• Combinations of heat strengthe-
ned laminated and double gla-
Curved tempered laminated
zing.
glass.
Technical data

Curved tempered glass (mm)


Thickness Maximum girth Maximum height Curved shapes Maximum angle Minimum radius Maximum radius
6 (1/4”) 2200 (86”) 3500 (137”) cylindric 5º 400 (15”) 20000 (780”)
8 (1/3”) 2200 (86”) 3500 (137”) 85º 400 (15”) 20000 (780”)
10 (2/5”) 2200 (86”) 3500 (137”) 85º 400 (15”) 20000 (780”)
12 (1/2”) 2000 (78”) 3500 (137”) 85º 400 (15”) 20000 (780”)
15 (3/5”) 1600 (62”) 3500 (137”) 85º 700 (27”) 20000 (780”)
19 (3/4”) 1200 (47”) 3500 (137”) 70º 1000 (39”) 20000 (780”)

Curved heat strengthened glass2 (mm):: slower cooling process.


Curved tempered double Thickness Maximum girth Maximum height Curved shapes Maximum angle Minimum radius Maximum radius
glazing.
5, 6, 8, 10 2200 3500 cilíndrica 85º 400 20000
(1/5, 1/4, (86”) (137”) (15”) (780”)
1/3, 2/5”)

Tolerances (mm)
Nominal thickness Size <1000 (39”) Size >1000 (39”) Radius Twisting3 Straight edges3
mm/linear meter. mm/linear meter.
5 , 6 (1/5, 1/4”) ± 1 (1/32”) ± 2 (1/16”) ± 3 (1/8”) 5 3
8 (1/3”) ± 2 (1/16”) ± 2 (1/16”) ± 4 (1/6”) 5 3
10 (2/5”) ± 2 (1/16”) ± 2 (1/16”) ± 5 (1/5”) 5 3
12 (1/2”) ± 2 (1/16”) ± 3 (1/8”) ± 6 (1/4”) 5 3
15 (3/5”) ± 2 (1/16”) ± 3 (1/8”) ± 7 (2/7”) 5 3
19 (3/4”) ± 4 (1/6”) ± 4 (1/6”) ± 9 (1/3”) 5 3
25 (1”) ± 4 (1/6”) ± 4 (1/6”) ± 9 (1/3”) 5 3

International standards for tempered and heat-strengthened glass


ANSI Z97.1 ASTM C1048-92 EN 12150 EN 1863

CRISTALES CURVADOS S.A.


Pol. Ind. Coll de la Manya
08400 Granollers (Barcelona)
Tel. +34 93 840 44 70
Fax +34 93 840 14 60
www.cricursa.com
cricursa@cricursa.com
CriTemp
Manufacturings

Glass edges Holes E


• Always polished. • Diameter glass nominal thick-
ness.
Tolerance • Both sides of the hole C

• Standards EN 12150 —> well grounded.


and EN 1863 • The distance between the hole
edge and the glass edge twice
the glass nominal thickness. A
Slots • The distance between the edges
• Always polished. of 2 holes twice the glass nomi- B
Discuss with the technical depart- nal thickness.
ment for the correct position. • The distance between a hole
edge and the nearest corner 6
times the glass nominal thickness.
A 2E B 2E C 6E

E= glass thickness
A= distance between the hole edge and
the glass edge
British Petroleum, Madrid B= distance between the edges of 2 holes
C= distance between a hole edge and the
nearest corner

Characteristics

• Smaller risk of breakages due to • Top-optical quality glass in Mechanical resistance


thermal shock. reflection and refraction. (annealed glass=1)
• Greater resistance to any • Glasses don’t have tong marks. Annealed glass=1
mechanical stress (wind, snow • Tempered glass physical proper- Heat-strengthened glass=2
loads, etc.) ties (Young modulus, optical pro- Tempered glass=4-5
• Suitable for plannar system. perties, thermal conductivity, spe-
• It is considered safety glass cific heat, linear coefficient of Thermal shock resistance (ºC)
because it breaks into small pie- thermal expansion, etc.) remain Annealed glass=40-50
ces. the same. Heat-strengthened glass=100
Tempered glass=200

Typical values of surface


compression (MPa)
Annealed glass=0
Heat-strengthened glass=24-69
Tempered glass=100

Applications

• Façades, • shopfronts,
• skylights, • partitions,
• doors, • balustrades.
• spandrels,

CRISTALES CURVADOS S.A.


Pol. Ind. Coll de la Manya
08400 Granollers (Barcelona)
Tel. +34 93 840 44 70
Fax +34 93 840 14 60
www.cricursa.com
cricursa@cricursa.com
Other products

Crisunid Spallshield®

This safety glass has a sheet of Thanks to it, the weight and thick- Glass manufacturing options
0.18mm thick polyester laminated ness of the glass can be reduced Single plate, laminated, tempered,
onto its inner face; in the event of while increasing the degree of double glazed and curved.
impact, this sheet retains any protection afforded. It can also be Maximum size
splinters that might otherwise applied to non-laminated plate 1500 x 4500 mm. (59 x 177”)
injure people behind the glass. glass to enhance safety, preven- Thickness
ting the glass from shattering Any standard laminated-glass
when hit. composition.

polyester
glass PVB

Cri-Fusing

It is a decorative glass whose sur- Manufacturing options Thickness


face is moulded using a fusion Single plate, tempered, laminated 12, 15, 19 mm. (1/2, 3/5, 3/4”)
process. This makes three-dimen- tempered, curved and double gla- colourless float.
sional design possible, forming zed.
various relief patterns on the sur- Maximum size
face of the glass. Each design 2900 x 1900 mm. (114 x 74”)
entails manufacturing a specific
mould.

Crisunid Sand

This is a floor-ready laminated Manufacturing options


glass with a non-slip layer deposi- Tempered laminated
ted on the upper sur-face, forming Maximum size
various geo-metric shapes - lines, 3210 x 1800 mm.
circles, squares etc. - which fur- (126 x 70”)
ther enhance the effectiveness of
the treatment.

Cri-Fusing exemple Crisunid Sand: antislip laminated glass

CRISTALES CURVADOS S.A.


Pol. Ind. Coll de la Manya
08400 Granollers (Barcelona)
Tel. +34 93 840 44 70
Fax +34 93 840 14 60
www.cricursa.com
cricursa@cricursa.com
Crisunid Non-reflect
Definition

Crisunid Non-reflect is a laminated Conventional laminated glass Crisunid Non-reflect reduces this
safety glass that cuts down optical reflects 8% of light falling verti- reflection down to 1% thanks to
reflection from the glass and thus cally on it, this figure rising to fine coatings deposited on the
gives better vision through win- 15% in the case of glass with an surface of the glass, giving clear
dows glazed with it. air chamber. visión without dazzling.

Applications

Reflection of the glass is always The commonest applications are:


glass+treatment
higher on the side receiving most • shop windows
light. • shop counters
PVB
Crisunid Non-reflect enhances • glass cases
visión through the glass in dayti- • surveillance posts
glass+treatment
me from outside in, and from the • control rooms
inside out at night. • cash desks
• motorway cabins etc.

Cleaning instructions

Normal dirt can be removed using To remove dirt, using suitable sol- Decorative stickers should not be
water, a sponge, a cloth or a piece vents is recommended - never stuck on.
of chamois leather, though neutral metallic objects, razor blades or
detergents must be added to the scourers.
water.

Technical data

Maximum size Basic compositions


3600 x 2400 mm. (141 x 94”) 4+4, 4+4+4, 4+5+4, 4+6+4,
4+8+4, 4+10+4

Car dealership, outside

Car dealership, inside

CRISTALES CURVADOS S.A.


Pol. Ind. Coll de la Manya
08400 Granollers (Barcelona)
Tel. +34 93 840 44 70
Fax +34 93 840 14 60
www.cricursa.com
cricursa@cricursa.com
Cricursa Shield (DFI)®
Definition

Cricursa Shield DFI® is a hydropho- Cricursa Shield DFI® is a patented With Cricursa Shield DFI®, water
bic treatment that makes glass process that in two stages chan- slides quickly down the surface of
15º surface water repellent and more ges the surface of the glass to the glass, depositing less sedi-
resistant to stains, graffiti, scrat- increase its contact angle, that is, ment, thus, providing reduced
Untreated glass
ches and abrasion. As a conse- the degree of water repellence. A maintenance by making the trea-
quence, it considerably reduces water drop adheres less at a grea- ted glass easier to clean. The
cleaning and maintenance costs of ter angle. Then, it easily slides glass is protected for years.
facades. down, behaving like a mercury
droplet.

90º

How it works
Glass treated with Cricursa Shield DFI®
(stage 1)
Cricursa Shield DFI® smoothes the stage 2
glass surface by first filling in its
microscopic valleys. Then, it ‘caps’ stage 1
them to ensure greater durability
and repellence.
This ensures a longer protection glass
that is optically transparent, easy
to clean and more resistant to
118º
weathering.
Glass treated with Cricursa Shield DFI®
(stage 2)

Crisunid Acoustic
Definition

Crisunid Acoustic is a laminated Noise Reduction


glass made up of 2 or more pieces 44/2 Crisunid Acoustic
of float glass sandwidched with Rw= 37 dB
one or more layers of PVB offering 44/2 Standard
both properties of acoustic reduc- Rw= 34,5 dB
tion and safety.

CRISTALES CURVADOS S.A.


Pol. Ind. Coll de la Manya
08400 Granollers (Barcelona)
Tel. +34 93 840 44 70
Fax +34 93 840 14 60
www.cricursa.com
cricursa@cricursa.com
ShadeCloth Selection Guide
Glazing Group A
High Transmittance Glass
HA Glass (clear, low "E" green and blue) Privacy Weaves Visually Transparent
60-90% visible light transmittance 0900 Series (0-1% Of) 3000 Series (1-2%) 1000 Series (2-3%) 1800 Series (15%) 1300 Series (5%) 2100 Series (10-12%) 5300 Series (5%) 6000 Series (3%)

North Orientation 9+ 9+ 9+ 9 9+ 9 9+ 9+
South Orientation 9+ 9 9 NO NO NO NO 9
East Orientation 9+ 9 9 NO NO NO NO 9
West Orientation 9+ 9 9 NO NO NO NO 9
Glazing Group B
Mid-Transmittance Glass
HA Glass (solar grey, solar bronze)
35-50% visible light transmittance 0900 Series (0-1% Of) 3000 Series (1-2%) 1000 Series (2-3%) 1800 Series (15%) 1300 Series (5%) 2100 Series (10-12%) 5300 Series (5%) 6000 Series (3%)

North Orientation 9+ 9+ 9+ 9 9+ 9 9+ 9+
South Orientation 9+ 9+ 9+ NO 9 NO 9 9+
East Orientation 9+ 9+ 9+ NO 9 NO 9 9+
West Orientation 9+ 9+ 9+ NO 9 NO 9 9+
Glazing Group C
Low Transmittance Glass
Coated Glass (green, aqua and thin coated tinted)
22-30% visible light transmittance 0900 Series (0-1% Of) 3000 Series (1-2%) 1000 Series (2-3%) 1800 Series (15%) 1300 Series (5%) 2100 Series (10-12%) 5300 Series (5%) 6000 Series (3%)

North Orientation 9+ 9+ 9+ 9 9+ 9+ 9+ 9+
South Orientation 9+ 9+ 9+ NO 9+ 9 9+ 9+
East Orientation 9+ 9+ 9+ NO 9+ 9 9+ 9+
West Orientation 9+ 9+ 9+ NO 9+ 9 9+ 9+
Glazing Group D
Very Low Transmittance Glass
Reflective Coated Glass
60-90% visible light transmittance 0900 Series (0-1% Of) 3000 Series (1-2%) 1000 Series (2-3%) 1800 Series (15%) 1300 Series (5%) 2100 Series (10-12%) 5300 Series (5%) 6000 Series (3%)

North Orientation 9+ 9+ 9+ 9 9+ 9+ 9+ 9+
South Orientation 9+ 9+ 9+ 9 9+ 9+ 9+ 9+
East Orientation 9+ 9+ 9+ 9 9+ 9+ 9+ 9+
West Orientation 9+ 9+ 9+ 9 9+ 9+ 9+ 9+

KEY 9+ Exceeds shading criteria, used especially for VDT/CRT applications where extra density is needed

9 Meets minimum shading criteria

NO Not recommended for this application


SECTION 12494

ROLLER SHADES

Display hidden notes to specifier by using “Word”/”Preferences”/“View”/”Hidden Text”.

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Manually operated sunscreen roller shades.

B. Manually operated room-darkening shades.

C. Manually operated double-roller sunscreen and room-darkening shades.

D. Electrically operated sunscreen roller shades.

E. Electrically operated room-darkening shades.

F. Electrically operated double-roller sunscreen and room-darkening shades.

G. Local group and master control system for shade operation.

H. Local group and master control system for shade operation with addressable motors.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking and grounds for mounting roller shades
and accessories.

B. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Coordination with gypsum board assemblies
for installation of shade pockets, closures and related accessories.

C. Section 09510 - Acoustical Ceilings: Coordination with acoustical ceiling systems for
installation of shade pockets, closures and related accessories.

D. Division 16 - Electrical: Electric service for motor controls.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. ASTM G 21 - Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials


to Fungi.

B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

C. NFPA 701-99 - Fire Tests for Flame-Resistant Textiles and Films.

12494-1
1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300.

B. Submit Environmental Certification and Third Party Evaluation per Section 1.5 Qualifications.

C. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including:


1. Preparation instructions and recommendations.
2. Styles, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components, profiles, features,
finishes and operating instructions.
3. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.
4. Mounting details and installation methods.
5. Typical wiring diagrams including integration of motor controllers with building
management system, audiovisual and lighting control systems as applicable.

D. Shop Drawings: Plans, elevations, sections, product details, installation details, operational
clearances, wiring diagrams and relationship to adjacent work.
1. Prepare shop drawings on Autocad or Microstation format using base sheets provided
electronically by the Architect.
E. Window Treatment Schedule: For all roller shades. Use same room designations as
indicated on the Drawings and include opening sizes and key to typical mounting details.

F. Selection Samples: For each finish product specified, one set of shade cloth options and
aluminum finish color samples representing manufacturer's full range of available colors and
patterns.

G. Verification Samples: For each finish product specified, one complete set of shade
components, unassembled, demonstrating compliance with specified requirements.
Shadecloth sample and aluminum finish sample as selected. Mark face of material to
indicate interior faces.

H. Maintenance Data: Methods for maintaining roller shades, precautions regarding cleaning
materials and methods, instructions for operating hardware and controls.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Obtain roller shades through one source from a single
manufacturer with a minimum of twenty years experience in manufacturing products
comparable to those specified in this section.

B. Installer Qualifications: Installer trained and certified by the manufacturer with a minimum of
ten years experience in installing products comparable to those specified in this section.

C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Passes NFPA 701-99 small and large-scale vertical


burn. Materials tested shall be identical to products proposed for use.

D. Electrical Components: NFPA Article 100 listed and labeled by either UL or ETL or other
testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, marked for intended use, and
tested as a system. Individual testing of components will not be acceptable in lieu of system
testing.

12494-2
E. Anti-Microbial Characteristics: 'No Growth' per ASTM G 21 results for fungi ATCC9642,
ATCC 9644, ATCC9645.

F. Environmental Certification: Submit written certification from the manufacturer, including


third party evaluation, recycling characteristics, and perpetual use certification as specified
below. Initial submittals, which do not include the Environmental Certification, below will be
rejected. Materials that are simply 'PVC free' without identifying their inputs shall not qualify
as meeting the intent of this specification and shall be rejected.

G. Third Party Evaluation: Provide documentation stating the shade cloth has undergone third
party evaluation for all chemical inputs, down to a scale of 100 parts per million, that have
been evaluated for human and environmental safety. Identify any and all inputs, which are
known to be carcinogenic, mutagenic, teratogenic, reproductively toxic, or endocrine
disrupting. Also identify items that are toxic to aquatic systems, contain heavy metals, or
organohalogens. The material shall contain no inputs that are known problems to human or
environmental health per the above major criteria, except for an input that is required to
meet local fire codes.

H. Recycling Characteristics: Provide documentation that the shade cloth can and is part of a
closed loop of perpetual use and not be required to be down cycled, incinerated or otherwise
thrown away. Scrap material can be sent back to the mill for reprocessing and recycling into
the same quality yarn and woven into new material, without down cycling. Certify that this
process is currently underway and will be utilized for this project.

I. Perpetual Use Certification: Certify that at the end of the useful life of the shade cloth, that
the material can be sent back to the manufacturer for recapture as part of a closed loop of
perpetual use and that the material can and will be reconstituted into new yarn, for weaving
into new shade cloth. Provide information on each shade band indicating that the shade
band can be sent back to the manufacturer for this purpose.

J. Mock-Up: Provide a mock-up (manual shades only) of one roller shade assembly for
evaluation of mounting, appearance and accessories.
1. Locate mock-up in window designated by Architect.
2. Do not proceed with remaining work until, mock-up is accepted by Architect.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver shades in factory-labeled packages, marked with manufacturer and product name,
fire-test-response characteristics, and location of installation using same room designations
indicated on Drawings and in the Window Treatment Schedule.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Limitations: Install roller shades after finish work including painting is
complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels
indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use.

1.8 WARRANTY

A. Roller Shade Hardware, Chain and Shadecloth (except EcoVeil™): Manufacturer's standard
non-depreciating twenty-five year limited warranty.
1. EcoVeil standard non-depreciating 10-year limited warranty.

12494-3
B. Roller Shade Motors and Motor Control Systems: Manufacturer's standard non-depreciating
five-year warranty.

C. Roller Shade Installation: One year from date of Substantial Completion, not including
scaffolding, lifts or other means to reach inaccessible areas.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Acceptable Manufacturer: MechoShade Systems, Inc.; 42-03 35th Street, Long Island City,
NY 11101. ASD. Tel: (718) 729-2020. Fax: (718) 729-2941. Email:
info@mechoshade.com, www.mechoshade.com.

B. Substitutions: Not permitted.

C. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section


01600.

D. Alternates: The following products and manufacturers may be bid as an alternate product in
accordance with Section 01030. Any pricing for alternate products shall be listed separately
from the base bid specified product. Any alternate pricing must include line-by-line
compliance or non-compliance with the specifications. If the alternate product is acceptable
to the Architect, the specified manufacturer will be given the opportunity to provide an
equivalent proposal.
1. Suburban/2 Shade System by MechoShade Systems, Inc.
2. ((List other manufacturer or product here.))

2.2 APPLICATIONS/SCOPE

A. Roller Shade Schedule:


1. Shade Type 1: Manual operating, chain drive, sunscreen roller shades in all exterior
windows of rooms and spaces shown on the Drawings.
2. Shade Type 2: Manual operating interior, chain drive room darkening roller shades
with blackout fabric in all exterior windows of rooms and spaces shown on Drawings,
and related mounting systems and accessories.
3. Shade Type 3: Manual operating interior, chain drive "double" solar and room
darkening blackout roller shades, operating independently of each other, in all exterior
windows of rooms and spaces shown on Drawings, and related mounting systems
and accessories.
4. Shade Type 4: Motorized interior solar roller shades in all exterior windows of rooms
and spaces shown on Drawings, and related motor control systems.
5. Shade Type 5: Motorized interior room darkening roller shades with blackout fabric in
all exterior windows of rooms and spaces shown on Drawings, and related motor
control systems.
6. Shade Type 6: Motorized interior “double”, solar and room darkening blackout roller
shades, operating independently of each other, in all exterior windows of rooms and
spaces shown on Drawings, and related motor control systems.

2.3 SHADE CLOTH

A. Visually Transparent Single-Fabric Shadecloth: MechoShade Systems, Inc., ThermoVeil


group, single thickness non-raveling 0.030-inch (0.762 mm) thick vinyl fabric, woven from

12494-4
0.018-inch (0.457 mm) diameter extruded vinyl yarn comprising of 21 percent polyester and
79 percent reinforced vinyl, in colors selected from manufacturer's available range.
1. Open Linear Weave: "1800 series", 15 percent open, linear-weave pattern.
2. Dense Linear Weave: "1000 series", 3 percent open, dense linear-weave pattern.
3. Extra - Dense Linear Weave "0900 series", 0-1 percent visually translucent linear
weave pattern.
4. Open Basket Weave: "2100 series", 10 percent open, 2 by 2 open basket-weave
pattern.
5. Dense Basket Weave: "1300 series", 5 percent open, 2 by 2 dense basket-weave
pattern.
6. Dense "3000 Satin Texture", "3200 Diamond Pastel", and "3300 Diamond Earthtone
series" visually translucent, twill-weave pattern all at 2 percent open.
7. Color: Selected from manufacturer's standard colors.

B. Visually Transparent Single-Fabric Shadecloth: MechoShade Systems, Inc., EuroVeil "5300"


or EuroTwill "6000" Series: 0.010 diameter (0.254 mm) non-raveling vinyl/polyester yarn,
fabric thickness 0.025 inches (0.635 mm).
1. Dense Basket Weave "5300 series, 5 percent open.
2. Extra Dense Twill Weave "6000" series, 2-3 percent open.
3. Color: Selected from manufacturer's standard colors.

C. Vinyl Room Darkening Shadecloth (Single-Fabric): MechoShade Systems, Inc., "0700


series", blackout material, washable and colorfast laminated and embossed vinyl coated
fabric, 0.012 inches thick (0.30 mm) blackout material and weighing 0.81 lbs. per square
yard, with a minimum of 62 threads per square inch in colors selected from manufacturer's
available range.
1. Color: Selected from manufacturer's standard colors.

D. Room darkening (PVC Free) Shadecloth with opaque acrylic backing: MechoShade
Systems, Inc., "Equinox 0100 series", .008 inches thick (.19 mm) blackout material and
weighing .94 lbs. per square yard, comprising of 53% fiberglass, 45% acrylic, 2% poly finish.
1. Color: Selected from manufacturer’s standard colors.

E. Environmentally Certified Shadecloth: MechoShade Systems, Inc., EcoVeil group, 1350


Series, fabricated from TPO for both core yarn and jacket, single thickness, non-raveling
0.030 inch (0.762 mm) thick fabric.
1. Weave: 5 percent open 2x2 basket weave.
2. Color: Selected from manufacturer's standard colors.

2.4 SHADE BAND

A. Shade Bands: Construction of shade band includes the fabric, the hem weight, hem-pocket,
shade roller tube, and the attachment of the shade band to the roller tube. Sewn hems and
open hem pockets are not acceptable.
1. Hem Pockets and Hem Weights: Fabric hem pocket with RF-welded seams
(including welded ends) and concealed hem weights. Hem weights shall be of
appropriate size and weight for shade band. Hem weight shall be continuous inside a
sealed hem pocket. Hem pocket construction and hem weights shall be similar, for all
shades within one room.
2. Shade band and Shade Roller Attachment:
a. Use extruded aluminum shade roller tube of a diameter and wall thickness
required to support shade fabric without excessive deflection. Roller tubes less

12494-5
than 1.55 inch (39.37 mm) in diameter for manual shades, and less than 2.55
inches (64.77 mm) for motorize shades are not acceptable.
b. Provide for positive mechanical engagement with drive / brake mechanism.
c. Provide for positive mechanical attachment of shade band to roller tube; shade
band shall be made removable / replaceable with a "snap-on" snap-off" spline
mounting, without having to remove shade roller from shade brackets.
d. Mounting spline shall not require use of adhesives, adhesive tapes, staples,
and/or rivets.
e. Any method of attaching shade band to roller tube that requires the use of:
adhesive, adhesive tapes, staples, and/or rivets are not acceptable.

2.5 SHADE FABRICATION

A. Fabricate units to completely fill existing openings from head to sill and jamb-to-jamb, unless
specifically indicated otherwise.

B. Fabricate shadecloth to hang flat without buckling or distortion. Fabricate with heat-sealed
trimmed edges to hang straight without curling or raveling. Fabricate unguided shadecloth to
roll true and straight without shifting sideways more than 1/8 inch (3.18 mm) in either
direction per 8 feet (2438 mm) of shade height due to warp distortion or weave design.
Fabricate hem as follows:
1. Bottom hem weights.
2. Concealed hemtube.
3. Exposed hemtube.
4. Exposed blackout hembar with light seal.
5. Exposed blackout hembar with polybond seal.

C. Provide battens in standard shades as required to assure proper tracking and uniform rolling
of the shadebands. Contractor shall be responsible for assuring the width-to-height (W:H)
ratios shall not exceed manufacturer's standards or, in absence of such standards, shall be
responsible for establishing appropriate standards to assure proper tracking and rolling of
the shadecloth within specified standards. Battens shall be roll-formed stainless steel or
tempered steel, as required.

D. For railroaded shadebands, provide seams in railroaded multi-width shadebands as required


to meet size requirements and in accordance with seam alignment as acceptable to
Architect. Seams shall be properly located. Furnish battens in place of plain seams when
the width, height, or weight of the shade exceeds manufacturer's standards. In absence of
such standards, assure proper use of seams or battens as required to, and assure the
proper tracking of the railroaded multi-width shadebands.

E. Provide battens for railroaded shades when width-to-height (W:H) ratios meet or exceed
manufacturer's standards. In absence of manufacturer's standards, be responsible for
proper use and placement of battens to assure proper tracking and roll of shadebands.

F. Blackout shadebands, when used in side channels, shall have horizontally mounted, roll-
formed stainless steel or tempered-steel battens not more than 3 feet (115 mm) on center
extending fully into the side channels. Battens shall be concealed in a integrally-colored
fabric to match the inside and outside colors of the shadeband, in accordance with
manufacturer's published standards for spacing and requirements.
1. Battens shall be roll formed of stainless steel or tempered steel and concave to match
the contour of the roller tube.
2. Batten pockets shall be self-colored fabric front and back RF welded into the
shadecloth. A self-color opaque liner shall be provided front and back to eliminate any

12494-6
see through of the batten pocket that shall not exceed 1-1/2 inches (38.1 mm) high
and be totally opaque. A see-through moiré effect, which occurs with multiple layers of
transparent fabrics, shall not be acceptable.

2.6 COMPONENTS

A. Access and Material Requirements:


1. Provide shade hardware allowing for the removal of shade roller tube from brackets
without removing hardware from opening and without requiring end or center supports
to be removed.
2. Provide shade hardware that allows for removal and re-mounting of the shade bands
without having to remove the shade tube, drive or operating support brackets.
3. Use only Delrin engineered plastics by DuPont for all plastic components of shade
hardware. Styrene based plastics, and /or polyester, or reinforced polyester will not
be acceptable.

B. Motorized Shade Hardware and Shade Brackets:


1. Provide shade hardware constructed of minimum 1/8-inch (3.18 mm) thick plated
steel, or heavier, thicker, as required to support 150 percent of the full weight of each
shade.
2. Provide shade hardware system that allows for field adjustment of motor or
replacement of any operable hardware component without requiring removal of
brackets, regardless of mounting position (inside, or outside mount).
3. Provide shade hardware system that allows for operation of multiple shade bands
offset by a maximum of 8-45 degrees from the motor axis between shade bands (4-
22.5 degrees) on each side of the radial line, by a single shade motor (multi-banded
shade, subject to manufacturer’s design criteria).

C. Manual Operated Chain Drive Hardware and Brackets:


1. Provide for universal, regular and offset drive capacity, allowing drive chain to fall at
front, rear or non-offset for all shade drive end brackets. Universal offset shall be
adjustable for future change.
2. Provide hardware capable for installation of a removable fascia, for both regular
and/or reverse roll, which shall be installed without exposed fastening devices of any
kind.
3. Provide shade hardware system that allows for removable regular and/or reverse roll
fascias to be mounted continuously across two or more shade bands without requiring
exposed fasteners of any kind.
4. Provide shade hardware system that allows for operation of multiple shade bands
(multi-banded shades) by a single chain operator, subject to manufacturer’s design
criteria. Connectors shall be offset to assure alignment from the first to the last shade
band.
5. Provide shade hardware system that allows multi-banded manually operated shades
to be capable of smooth operation when the axis is offset a maximum of 6 degrees on
each side of the plane perpendicular to the radial line of the curve, for a 12 degrees
total offset.
6. Provide positive mechanical engagement of drive mechanism to shade roller tube.
Friction fit connectors for drive mechanism connection to shade roller tube are not
acceptable
7. Provide shade hardware constructed of minimum 1/8-inch (3.18 mm) thick plated
steel or heavier as required to support 150 percent of the full weight of each shade.
8. Drive Bracket / Brake Assembly:
a. MechoShade Drive Bracket model M5 shall be fully integrated with all
MechoShade accessories, including, but not limited to: SnapLoc fascia, room

12494-7
darkening side / sill channels, center supports and connectors for multi-banded
shades.
b. M5 drive sprocket and brake assembly shall rotate and be supported on a
welded 3/8 inch (9.525 mm) steel pin.
c. The brake shall be an over -unning clutch design which disengages to 90
percent during the raising and lowering of a shade. The brake shall withstand a
pull force of 50 lbs. (22 kg) in the stopped position.
d. The braking mechanism shall be applied to an oil-impregnated hub on to which
the brake system is mounted. The oil impregnated hub design includes an
articulated brake assembly, which assures a smooth, non-jerky operation in
raising and lowering the shades. The assembly shall be permanently
lubricated. Products that require externally applied lubrication and or not
permanently lubricated are not acceptable.
e. The entire M5 assembly shall be fully mounted on the steel support bracket,
and fully independent of the shade tube assembly, which may be removed and
reinstalled without effecting the roller shade limit adjustments.

D. Drive Chain: #10 qualified stainless steel chain rated to 90 lb. (41 kg) minimum breaking
strength. Nickel plate chain shall not be accepted.

2.7 SHADE MOTOR DRIVE SYSTEM

A. Shade Motors:
1. Tubular, asynchronous (non-synchronous) motors, with built-in reversible capacitor
operating at 110v AC (60hz), single phase, temperature Class A, thermally protected,
totally enclosed, maintenance free with line voltage power supply equipped with
locking disconnect plug assembly furnished with each motor.
2. Conceal motors inside shade roller tube.
3. Maximum current draw for each shade motor of 2.3 amps.
4. Use motors rated at the same nominal speed for all shades in the same room.

B. Total hanging weight of shade band shall not exceed 80 percent of the rated lifting capacity
of the shade motor and tube assembly.

2.8 MOTOR CONTROL SYSTEMS

A. IQ/MLC: Specifications and design of shade motors and motor control system are based on
the IQ/MLC motor logic control system manufactured by MechoShade Systems, Inc. Other
systems may be acceptable provide that all of the following performance capabilities are
provided. Motor logic control systems not in complete compliance with these performance
criteria shall not be accepted as equal systems.
1. Motor Control System:
a. Provide power to each shade motor via individual 3 conductor line voltage
circuits connecting each motor to the relay based motor logic controllers
(IQ/MLC).
b. Control system components shall provide appropriate (spike and brown out)
over-current protection (+/- 10 percent of line voltage) for each of the four
individual motor circuits and shall be rated by UL or ETL as a recognized
component of this system and tested as an integrated system.
c. Motor control system shall allow each group of four shade motors in any
combination to be controlled by each of four local switch ports, with up to
fourteen possible "sub-group" combinations via local 3 button wall switches and
all at once via a master 3 button switch. System shall allow for overlapping
switch combinations from two or more local switches.

12494-8
d. Multiple "sub-groups" from different IQ/MLC control components shall be
capable of being combined to form "groups" operated by a single 3 button wall
switch, from either the master port or in series from a local switch port.
e. Each shade motor shall be accessible (for control purposes) from up to four
local switches and one master switch.
f. Control system shall allow for automatic alignment of shade hem bars in
stopped position at 25 percent, 50 percent, and 75 percent of opening heights,
and up to three user-defined intermediate stopping positions in addition to all
up / all down, regardless of shade height, for a total of five positions. Control
system shall allow shades to be stopped at any point in the opening height
noting that shades may not be in alignment at these non-defined positions).
g. Control system shall have two standard operating modes: Normal mode
allowing the shades to be stopped anywhere in the window’s opening height
and uniform mode, allowing the shades to only be stopped at the predefined
intermediate stop positions. Both modes shall allow for all up / all down
positioning.
h. Control system components shall allow for interface with both audiovisual
system components and building fire and life safety system via a dry contact
terminal block.
i. Control system components shall allow for interface with external analog input
control devices such as solar activated controllers, 24 hour timers, and similar
items; via a dry contact terminal block.
j. Reconfiguration of switch groups shall not require rewiring of the hardwired line
voltage motor power supply wiring, or the low voltage control wiring.
Reconfiguration of switch groups shall be accomplished within the motor
control device (IQ/MLC).
2. Wall Switches:
a. Three-button architectural flush mounted switches with metal cover plate and
no exposed fasteners.
b. Connect local wall switches to control system components via low voltage (12V
DC) 4-conductor modular cable equipped with RJ-11 type connectors supplied,
installed and certified under Division 16 - Electrical.
c. Connect master wall switches to control system components via low voltage
(12V DC) 6-conductor modular cable equipped with RJ-12 type connectors
supplied, installed and certified under Division 16 - Electrical.

B. I.CON Control System (Software, two way communication): Specifications and design are
based on the I.CON motor control system as manufactured by MechoShade Systems, Inc.
Other systems may be acceptable provided that all of the following performance capabilities
are provided. Motor control systems not in complete compliance with these performance
criteria shall not be accepted as equal systems.
1. Upper and lower stopping points (operating limits) of shadebands shall be
programmed into motors via a hand held removable program module / configurator.
2. Intermediate stopping positions for shades shall be 4 predefined intermediate
positions, for a total of 6 defined and aligned positions. All shades on the same
switch circuit with the same opening height shall align at each intermediate stopping
position.
3. Motors shall be addressable through a 2 motor bus interface module via a hand-held
removable program module and shall be capable of responding to a minimum of
seven different user defined stored addresses including multiple overlapping sub
groups and three reserved control input addresses for use by building management
systems, life safety systems and other emergency inputs.

12494-9
4. The BI and I.CON controller system shall have the capability of two-way
communication with the motors. Each I.CON controller, (bus Interface or BI) shall
allow for a unique address message to be received from the hand held configurator
and/or a PC controller or switch.
a. Bus line shall consist of 2 twisted pair of 16 ga low voltage wire.
b. Shade motor control components (bus interfaces, wall switches, bus supplies,
auxiliary control input devices, and similar items) shall be connected in series
via the low voltage (12VDC) two way digital communication bus line.
c. Bus line shall be capable of being installed in a free topology to provide
maximum flexibility for installation and future maintenance.
d. Low voltage (12VDC) digital bus line shall be powered by a bus supply
transformer, requiring 115VAC (220 - 230 VAC) input drawing a maximum
current of 1 amp. A minimum of one bus supply shall be required for every 400
linear feet of bus line. Final bus supply spacing shall be reviewed with the
system manufacturer after the number of nodes per 400 ft (120 meters) run of
bus line has been determined.
5. Wall Switches:
a. Shades shall be operated by 4 button low voltage standard switches or
programmable intelligent switches [IS]. Standard switch shall be wired to a bus
interface and the bus interface will be programmed to transmit an address for
the local switch.
b. Intelligent switches may be installed anywhere on the busline. Each IS shall be
capable of storing one control level address to be broadcast along the busline.
c. An address that is transmitted by either a switch or central controller shall be
responded to by those motors with the same address in their control table.
d. IS shall provide for interface with other low voltage input devices via a set of dry
contact terminals located on the switch.
e. Standard switch or IS may control an individual, sub-group or group of motors
in accordance with the address in each motor/BI unit.

2.9 ACCESSORIES

A. Roller Shade Pocket for recessed mounting in acoustical tile, or drywall ceilings as indicated
on the Drawings (for Shade Type ??).
1. Provide either extruded aluminum and or formed steel shade pocket, sized to
accommodate roller shades, with exposed extruded aluminum closure mount, tile
support and removable closure panel to provide access to shades.
a. Provide "Vented Pocket" such that there will be a minimum of four 1 inch (25.4
mm) diameter holes per foot allowing the solar gain to flow above the ceiling
line.

B. Fascia (for Shade Type ??):


1. Continuous removable extruded aluminum fascia that attaches to shade mounting
brackets without the use of adhesives, magnetic strips, or exposed fasteners.
2. Fascia shall be able to be installed across two or more shade bands in one piece.
3. Fascia shall fully conceal brackets, shade roller and fabric on the tube.
4. Provide bracket / fascia end caps where mounting conditions expose outside of roller
shade brackets.
5. Notching of Fascia for manual chain shall not be acceptable.

C. Room Darkening Side and / or Sill Channels (for Shade Type ??):
1. Extruded aluminum with polybond edge seals and SnapLoc-mounting brackets and
with concealed fastening. Exposed fasting is not acceptable. Channels shall accept

12494-10
one-piece exposed blackout hembar with vinyl seal to assure side light control and sill
light control.
a. MechoShade side channels, 1-15/16 inches (49.2 mm) wide by 1-3/16 inches
(30.1 mm) deep, two-band center channels, 2-5/8 inches (66.6 mm) wide by 1-
3/16 inches (30.1 mm) deep. The 2-5/8-inch (66.6 mm) double-center channels
may be installed at center-support positions of multi-band-shade
ElectroShades. MechoShade side channels 2-5/8 inch (66.6 mm) may be used
as center supports for ElectroShades; shadebands up to 8 high. For
shadebands over 8 feet (2438 mm), provide ElectroShade side channels.
b. ElectroShade side channels, 2-1/2 inches (63.5 mm) wide by 1-3/16 inches
(30.1 mm) deep; two-band center channels 5 inches (127 mm) wide by 1-3/16
inches (30.1 mm) deep. The 2-5/8-inch (66.6 mm) double-center channels may
be installed at center-support positions of multi-band-shade ElectroShades.
MechoShade side channels 2-5/8 inches (66.6 mm) may be used as center
supports for ElectroShades. Also provide for use with manually operated room
darkening MechoShades over 8 feet (2438 mm) in height.
c. Color: Selected from manufacturer's standard colors.
d. Color: Custom color as selected by Architect.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared.

B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of


unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation.

B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the
best result for the substrate under the project conditions.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Install roller shades level, plumb, square, and true according to manufacturer's written
instructions, and located so shade band is not closer than 2 inches (50 mm) to interior face
of glass. Allow proper clearances for window operation hardware.

B. Turn-Key Single-Source Responsibility for Motorized Interior Roller Shades: To control the
responsibility for performance of motorized roller shade systems, assign the design,
engineering, and installation of motorized roller shade systems, motors, controls, and low
voltage electrical control wiring specified in this Section to a single manufacturer and their
authorized installer/dealer. The Architect will not produce a set of electrical drawings for the
installation of control wiring for the motors, or motor controllers of the motorized roller
shades. Power wiring (line voltage), shall be provided by the roller shade installer/dealer, in
accordance with the requirements provided by the manufacturer. Coordinate the following
with the roller shade installer/dealer:
1. Main Contractor shall provide power panels and circuits of sufficient size to
accommodate roller shade manufacturer’s requirements, as indicated on the
mechanical and electrical drawings.

12494-11
2. Main Contractor shall coordinate with requirements of roller shade installer/dealer,
before inaccessible areas are constructed.
3. Roller shade installer/dealer shall run line voltage as dedicated home runs (of
sufficient quantity, in sufficient capacity as required) terminating in junction boxes in
locations designated by roller shade dealer.
4. Roller shade installer/dealer shall provide and run all line voltage (from the terminating
points) to the motor controllers, wire all roller shade motors to the motor controllers,
and provide and run low voltage control wiring from motor controllers to switch/ control
locations designated by the Architect. All above-ceiling and concealed wiring shall be
plenum-rated, or installed in conduit, as required by the electrical code having
jurisdiction.
5. Main Contractor shall provide conduit with pull wire in all areas, which might not be
accessible to roller shade contractor due to building design, equipment location or
schedule.

C. Adjust and balance roller shades to operate smoothly, easily, safely, and free from binding
or malfunction throughout entire operational range.

D. Clean roller shade surfaces after installation, according to manufacturer's written


instructions.

E. Engage Installer to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate and maintain
roller shade systems.

3.4 PROTECTION

A. Protect installed products until completion of project.

B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION

12494-12

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen